Full article - Magnolia Press

Zootaxa 3511: 1–80 (2012) 

www.mapress.com/zootaxa/ 

Copyright © 2012 · Magnolia Press 

Monograph 

urn:lsid:zoobank.org:pub:971797BF-F055-4D40-A1C9-0E510360A9F1 

ZOOTAXA 

3511 

Accepted by D.L. Geiger: 28 Aug. 2012; published: 9 Oct. 2012 

ISSN 1175-5326 (print edition) 

ZOOTAXA 

ISSN 1175-5334 (online edition) 

Molluscan taxa in the publications of the Museum Godeffroy of 

Hamburg, with a discussion of the Godeffroy Sales Catalogs 

(1864–1884), the Journal des Museum Godeffroy (1873–1910), 

and a history of the museum 

RÜDIGER BIELER 1 & RICHARD E. PETIT 

1 Department of Zoology, Field Museum of Natural History, 1400 Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60605, U.S.A.; 

email: rbieler@fieldmuseum.org 

2 806 St. Charles Road, North Myrtle Beach, South Carolina 29582, U.S.A.; email: r.e.petit@att.net 

Magnolia Press 

Auckland, New Zealand 

1, 2

RÜDIGER BIELER & RICHARD E. PETIT 

Molluscan taxa in the publications of the Museum Godeffroy of Hamburg, with a discussion of the 

Godeffroy Sales Catalogs (1864–1884), the Journal des Museum Godeffroy (1873–1910), and a history of 

the museum 

(Zootaxa 3511) 

80 pp.; 30 cm. 

9 Oct. 2012 

ISBN 978-1-77557-022-6 (paperback) 

ISBN 978-1-77557-023-3 (Online edition) 

FIRST PUBLISHED IN 2012 BY 

Magnolia Press 

P.O. Box 41-383 

Auckland 1346 

New Zealand 

e-mail: zootaxa@mapress.com 

http://www.mapress.com/zootaxa/ 

© 2012 Magnolia Press 

All rights reserved. 

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored, transmitted or disseminated, in any form, or by any 

means, without prior written permission from the publisher, to whom all requests to reproduce copyright 

material should be directed in writing. 

This authorization does not extend to any other kind of copying, by any means, in any form, and for any purpose 

other than private research use. 

ISSN 1175-5326 (Print edition) 

ISSN 1175-5334 (Online edition) 

2 · Zootaxa 3511 © 2012 Magnolia Press 

BIELER & PETIT

Table of Contents 

Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

Godeffroy Museum and Specimen Collections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 

Godeffroy trading company and the origin of the Godeffroy Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 

Godeffroy specimen collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 

The Godeffroy Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 

Fate of the Godeffroy collections—the Hamburger Naturhistorisches Museum and the Zoologisches Museum Hamburg (ZMH) 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 

Specimen numbers in the Godeffroy collection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 

Godeffroy Museum publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 

Godeffroy Catalogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 

Journal des Museum Godeffroy (JMG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 

Other Godeffroy publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 

Molluscan Taxa in the Godeffroy Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 

Molluscan taxa and nomina nuda in the Godeffroy Catalogs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 

Molluscan taxa and nomina nuda in the Journal des Museum Godeffroy (JMG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 

Patronyms for collectors and other museum employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 

Type specimens from the Godeffroy collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 

Taxa notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 

Summary of new taxa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 

Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 

References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 

Abstract 

The Museum Godeffroy (1861–1885), a private natural history museum in Hamburg (Germany) founded by the merchant 

John Cesar VI Godeffroy, functioned as a research and public display museum, as well as a natural history specimen 

dealership. Large collections of zoological, botanical, ethnographic, and anthropological specimens were obtained by 

company employees and an international group of contract collectors, mostly in the Pacific, made available for study to 

specialists, and placed in the museum’s holdings or distributed by sale. The museum produced two series of publications, 

both containing descriptions of new zoological taxa as well as nomina nuda: a set of Museum Godeffroy Catalogs 

(1864–1884) and the Journal des Museum Godeffroy (1873–1910), both described and dated in detail herein. This paper 

summarizes the history of the museum and its collecting efforts, with special focus on malacological research and the 

development and fate of molluscan collections of the Museum Godeffroy, with much of the material having passed to 

Hamburg’s Naturhistorisches Museum where they were largely destroyed during World War II. Using a species-level 

numbering system, the Museum Godeffroy Catalog series (and the labels associated with Museum Godeffroy specimens that 

were sold and traded worldwide) introduced hundreds of gastropod and bivalve nomina nuda into the molluscan literature. 

Previously uncertain dating of the malacological publications in the Museum’s Journal, mostly by Rudolph Bergh on Pacific 

nudibranchs, similarly created taxonomic confusion as many of the supposedly new taxa were near-simultaneously published 

also in other serial publications. 591 molluscan names in the Museum Godeffroy Catalogs, and 59 in the Journal are 

discussed. It is shown that 42 molluscan names date from these publications, all of them gastropods: 1 (preoccupied) genusgroup 

name and 4 replacement species names by J. D. E. Schmeltz, 5 genera and 31 species-group taxa by R. Bergh, and 1 

species by F. Heynemann. 

Key words: mollusks, taxonomy, species, Oceania, South Sea, Australia, Pacific 

Introduction 

The Museum Godeffroy of the north German port city of Hamburg was a privately owned museum focusing on the 

natural history, ethnography, and anthropology of the “South Seas”. During its relatively short existence 

(1861–1885) it developed into one of the leading natural history museums and commercial specimen supply houses 

of Europe. It sponsored massive collecting efforts, supplied numerous researchers in many fields of science with 

specimen material, and published various technical publications, including a nine-part series of Museum Godeffroy 

Catalogs (1864–1884; now exceedingly rare) and the more formal and lavishly illustrated 17-part Journal des 

Museum Godeffroy (1873–1910). Both publication series contain formal introductions and nomina nuda of 

MOLLUSCAN TAXA OF THE MUSEUM GODEFFROY OF HAMBURG 

Zootaxa 3511 © 2012 Magnolia Press · 3

zoological taxa. As will be shown below, among these are hundreds of names of Mollusca, for which names now 

considered non-binominal or outright nomina nuda were utilized. The rarity and complexity of the publications, the 

wide distribution of manuscript names on labels supplied with “duplicate” specimens sold by the Museum, the 

international dispersal of parts of the collection after dissolution of the Museum, and the destruction of most of the 

remaining collection in Hamburg during World War II, contributed to uncertainty of publication dates and taxon 

validity for many of these “Godeffroy” nomina. Two prior assessments of taxa published in the Museum Godeffroy 

Catalogs exist: Bauer & Watkins-Colwell (2001) focused on specific herpetological data in the sales catalogs and in 

this context reviewed the travel and collecting activities of Afred Tetens, one of the vessel captains in Godeffroy’s 

mercantile business. Evenhuis (2007) studied the listings of Fijian arthropods in Catalogs II–VIII, provided historic 

context, and compiled a preliminary list of known Godeffroy collectors. No comprehensive treatment of the 

Journal des Museum Godeffroy (herein JMG) has been found. Among the major contributions of the latter are a 

series of numbers dedicated to Günther's well-illustrated work Andrew Garrett's Fische der Südsee [for which Dor 

(1976) provided a listing of coarse publication dates] and Bergh’s (1873a, 1874bc, 1875b, 1879a) series of 

nudibranch snail papers entitled Neue Nacktschnecken der Südsee, malacologische Untersuchungen, the latter 

introducing numerous new molluscan taxa. 

The following provides a history of the Godeffroy Museum, its collectors, and its zoological (and, especially, 

malacological) collections, as well as a description of its publication series. This is followed by an analysis of the 

molluscan taxa (including nomina nuda) introduced in the Museum Godeffroy Catalogs and the JMG. 

Godeffroy Museum and Specimen Collections 

Godeffroy trading company and the origin of the Godeffroy Museum 

The Free and Hanseatic City of Hamburg (a free imperial city since 1189 and a sovereign city-state since 1806) has 

a long history as a prominent port and trade center and played a major role as a key node for sea-borne trade during 

the days of the Hanseatic League in the 13 th to 17 th centuries. However, into the late 19 th Century, Hamburg’s vessels 

were not allowed to approach the English, Spanish, or Portuguese colonies directly, but had to trade their wares in 

English, Spanish, or Portuguese ports for the respective colonial products (Panning 1955: 3). This changed with the 

independence of the United States (1776), the Spanish colonies (from 1816), and Brazil (1822). Hamburg’s 

shipping companies expanded into the opening markets and Hamburg-flagged merchant vessels engaged 

increasingly in overseas trade. The Godeffroy family, French Huguenots of La Rochelle who had fled France in 

1737 after the Edict of Nantes to avoid religious persecution, developed one of the most successful merchant 

houses in Hamburg. Its business originated with Johan Cesar IV Godeffroy in 1766, as the “Johan Cesar Godeffroy 

& Co.” Shipping goods initially to and from Spain and later Haiti, Mexico and Cuba, and then expanding the 

business to copper ore from Chile and Australia and passenger transport of emigrants to America and Australia, the 

enterprise (now as J. C. Godeffroy & Sons) grew rapidly with offices around the world. Johan Cesar VI Godeffroy 

(1813–1885; Fig. 1) took over the company in 1845. The company weathered a severe financial crisis (Panning 

1956: 15) by refocusing its business; a South Sea branch developed, and the Godeffroy sailing vessels traded in 

mother of pearl, trepang (dried sea cucumber), coconut oil, and many other regional goods, often selling in China 

rather than returning to Europe. By 1857 the company had a local office in Apia, the oldest port of the Samoa 

islands (Schmack 1938). From there, the Godeffroy enterprise extended across Polynesia, Micronesia, and lastly 

also Melanesia (Bismarck Archipelago), in its heyday maintaining 45 stations and agencies, 27 trading vessels, as 

well as its own plantations in the region (Kranz 2005). The company’s expansion was tightly connected to, and 

partly drove, the development of German colonial interests in the region, with Godeffroy’s second manager in 

Apia, Theodor Weber [the first, August Unshelm (1824–1864), died in a hurricane], arriving there at the age of 18 

and over the years also serving as consul representing the City of Hamburg (from 1861), the North German 

Federation (from 1868), and finally the German Empire (from 1872) in the Samoa and Tonga Islands (Werner 

1889: 223). The increasing political role of the Godeffroy enterprise was noted by the then Prime Minister of New 

Zealand, Sir Julius Vogel, who in an 1872 blue book enumerated the many “factories” the company owned across 

the region, the supposedly more than 100 ships carrying the Godeffroy flag, and voiced concern about the German 

influence in the South Pacific (Gurau 1949). Beginning in 1884, years after the demise of the Godeffroy company, 

Germany took over the South Seas interests as a German Protectorate under Chancellor Otto von Bismarck. 


BIELER & PETIT

FIGURE 1, 2. Portrait of Johan Cesar VI Godeffroy, founder of the Museum Godeffroy (from Schmack 1938). Figure 2. Portrait 

of Johan Dietrich Eduard Schmeltz, curator of the Museum Godeffroy and editor of its Catalog series (from Starr 1892). 

Hamburg’s natural history collections, both private and public, have long benefitted from captains and sailors 

returning from exotic locales with biological and ethnographic specimens. The Hamburger Naturhistorisches 

Museum (discussed in more detail below) fostered and formalized relationships with individuals, shipping lines, 

and major trade companies in the city, resulting in massive collecting efforts around the world, its target regions 

usually directly reflecting Hamburg’s commercial interests at the time (Panning 1957, 1958; Weidner 1969). 

Captains and other collectors on these vessels often were instructed in detail and sometimes equipped with 

appropriate tools, containers, and preservatives (Panning 1958: 18). The Godeffroys sponsored such efforts and, for 

instance, supported Gerhard Krefft, a collector for the Hamburger Naturhistorisches Museum, with free passage to 

Australia on a Godeffroy vessel (Panning 1956: 3). The material brought back to Hamburg fueled not only 

scientific investigation but also a lucrative trade of natural and ethnographic specimens that ultimately supported a 

series of display-based dealerships, of which the Godeffroy Museum became the most famous. 

Johan Cesar VI Godeffroy had a strong interest in natural historal specimens and ethnographic artifacts and 

soon instructed his own captains to obtain zoological, botanical, and ethnographic material from their journeys. His 

original agent in Samoa, August Unshelm, also sent diverse specimen collections to Hamburg (Hertz 1922: 56). 

Godeffroy’s personal collection grew rapidly into a sizable but uncurated collection occupying a warehouse on the 

company’s premises. To sort and organize the accumulated material, Godeffroy initially employed the Swiss 

zoologist Eduard Graeffe in 1861. Graeffe had a long subsequent history with the company and became one of its 

major field collectors and ultimately the first editor of the JMG (see below). The Museum had a remarkable and 

productive history, outlined in greater detail below, which was cut short because of the Museum’s dependence on 

the wellbeing of the trading company. The Godeffroy business went through a financial crisis in 1857, but was 

rescued through a major credit from Marianne Godeffroy, an aunt in Berlin (Schmack 1938: 119). More credits 

became necessary as a result of Germany's economic crisis of 1873, and a third large credit (again from relatives in 

Berlin) pledged the Godeffroy museum as security. Having shifted its investments increasingly to mining in the 

German Ruhr (in competition with British coal mining), railway construction, plantations, and real estate, the 

Godeffroy enterprise struggled for a few more years. The over-diversification of investments left limited funds for 

the shipping business, which suffered from increasing competition with other companies and was left behind in the 



technological shift from sailing vessels to steamships. The company did not recover. An 1878 attempt to transform 

the South Sea business into a shareholder corporation (“Deutsche Handels- und Plantagen-Gesellschaft der Südsee- 

Inseln zu Hamburg”; DHPG) could not turn the tide. A proposed government bailout by the German Empire, 

discussed with Chancellor Otto von Bismarck in early 1879, did not come to pass. By December 1879 Godeffroy & 

Sons was insolvent and stopped paying off its substantial bank loans (Hertz 1922: 59). The previously generous 

support for the Museum Godeffroy ended as well. 

Various aspects of the history of the Godeffroy family, its company, and its museum has been chronicled in 

several publications (e.g., Evenhuis 2007; Hertz 1922; Hoffmann 2000; Kranz 2005; Scheps 2005, 2010; Schmack 

1938; Spoehr 1963), most of these in German. 

Godeffroy specimen collectors 

Godeffroy accelerated the collecting activities not only by encouraging the existing captains and crews of his 

vessels to obtain material, but also through targeted employment of dedicated contract collectors 

(“Auftragssammler”). In addition to the quest for natural history and ethnographic items, the company asked these 

collectors to pursue economically interesting avenues, to investigate potential sources for tropical woods, for 

instance, or to look into the feasibility of pearlfishing by net (Scheps, 2005: 75). The contract collectors, often 

experienced travelers and naturalists with a particular interest in the target region, were a very international and 

eclectic group (Figs. 3–10). The editors of the Godeffroy Museum publications, Schmeltz and Friederichsen, and 

some subsequent authors (especially Kranz 2005 and Scheps 2005) reported in much detail on their persons and 

activities. Among the key figures were: 

Eduard Graeffe (1833–1916; also spelled “Gräffe”; Fig. 6), a PhD zoologist from Zürich, Switzerland. 

Originally hired as the collection’s first curator, after a short time helping set up the museum in Hamburg, Graeffe 

traveled to Samoa in October 1861 to head up the operations there. He collected extensively in Samoa and 

throughout the South Pacific, returning to Hamburg in 1872. He subsequently served in an editorial capacity for the 

early phase of the JMG, but left Hamburg in 1874 for positions with the aquarium in Vienna and then with the 

zoological station in Trieste. Graeffe published various reports about his travels and observations in the Godeffroy 

Museum publications and elsewhere (e.g., Graeffe 1864, 1867, 1868, 1873a, b). Together with Andrew Garrett, 

Graeffe provided sketches of living nudibranch mollusks that were published in Rudolph Bergh’s Neue 

Nacktschnecken der Südsee monographs (see below; Fig. 17). 

Konkordia Amalie Dietrich (1821–1891; née Nelle; Fig. 4) from Siebenlehn, Saxony, Germany. Dietrich had 

learned plant collecting from her husband, a natural history specimen dealer in Saxony. In 1863, she accepted 

contract employment with Godeffroy to collect in Queensland, Australia, from where she returned after ten years, 

having obtained and supplied a multitude of natural history specimens, ethnographic, and anthropological material. 

Her extensive plant collections led to a special sales catalog published by the museum (Schmeltz 1866b) and a 

series of papers by Luerssen (e.g., 1874) on the flora of Queensland. Museum Godeffroy curator Schmeltz 

provided various reports about her incoming material and field observations (e.g., 1874: xxv–xxx). Among the 

items shipped to Hamburg were aboriginal skulls and skeletons that were anxiously awaited and studied by 

European anthropologists, but their means of acquisition triggered controversies (subsequent accusations ranged 

from robbing of funeral trees to outright murder; Kranz 2005). The promised lifetime employment with Godeffroy 

ended with the demise of the company, but Hamburg’s Botanisches Museum provided her with a salaried position. 

Her daughter, Charitas Bischoff (1912), published a somewhat fictionalized account of her mother's life, and her 

period in Australia was described by Sumner (1993). Schmeltz (1891) published a brief obituary. 

Andrew Garrett (1823–1887; Fig. 5) from Albany, New York, USA. Garrett, had extensive prior experience 

as a collector in the South Seas. With a particular interest in mollusks and a skill in sketching and painting, he had 

been a contract collector for Louis Agassiz of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University for a 

period of eight years, had worked with William Harper Pease in the Hawaiian Islands, and also collected for the 

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. He was hired by Godeffroy in 1866 to collect in Fiji, then in the 

Cook Islands, and after 1870 in French Polynesia. Schmeltz (1874: xiii–xix) summarized some of Garrett’s 

discoveries and specimen shipments. In addition to extensive zoological collections, Garrett provided photographs 

of indigenous peoples, and created many color illustrations, particularly of fishes, that were published in several 

volumes of the JMG as Andrew Garrett’s Fische der Südsee. He was also responsible for many of the sketches of 

living nudibranch mollusks subsequently published by Rudolph Bergh (1873a, 1874c, 1875b, 1879a; see below; Fig. 17), 


BIELER & PETIT

FIGURES 3–11. Portraits of Museum Godeffroy employees and major collectors. Figure 3, Eduard Dämel; Figure 4, Amalie 

Dietrich; Figure 5, Andrew Garrett; Figure 6. Eduard Graeffe. Figure 7, Franz Hübner; Figure 8, Johan Theodor Kleinschmidt, 

Figure 9, Johann Stanislaus Kubary; Figure 10, Richard Heinrich Robert Parkinson; Figure 11, Alfred Tetens. Photograph (4) 

from Bischoff 1909; (5) from the Archives of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University; (10) from Parkinson 

1907; (11) from Tetens & Steinberg 1889; others from Panning 1958. 



supplied the Museum Godeffroy with biogeographic listings of mollusks in the Pacific, and made his own 

collections available for comparative study (Schmeltz, 1875c: 270–271). After employment with Godeffroy ended, 

he remained in Huahine, French Polynesia as a collector in Oceania until his death in 1887. A brief obituary by 

Schmeltz appeared in 1888. Smith (1901) discussed Garrett’s correspondence, publications, manuscripts, as well as 

his collecting efforts. A two-part biography was published by Thomas (1979) and Clench (1979). Much of 

Garrett’s library and the original fish paintings used for the JMG are housed at the Bishop Museum. The 1894 

donation of 20,000 shells from Garrett’s collecting throughout the Pacific became the foundation of the Bernice 

Pauhi Bishop Museum’s malacological collections in Honolulu, now one of the largest in the world for Pacific 

shells (Evenhuis 2011). 

Johann Stanislaus Kubary (1846–1896; Fig. 9) from Warsaw, Poland. Kubary had studied medicine in 

Poland before fleeing from the Russian authorities because of his involvement in the independence movement. In 

1866, he moved to Berlin and then Altona near Hamburg, entered into Godeffroy employ and traveled in 1869 to 

the Marshall and Caroline Islands where he collected extensively. He came back to Hamburg briefly in 1875, but 

returned to the Pacific in the same year and continued collecting for Godeffroy until the company collapsed in 

1879. His special interests were in ornithology and ethnography, but he collected widely (including land snails) and 

published variously on his observations in the Micronesian islands (e.g., Kubary 1873, 1882; also Friederichsen 

1875). Schmeltz (1874: xxi–xxv) gave a preliminary description of the specimens collected by Kubary in Palau. 

Unfortunately, much of the extensive material that he had collected never reached Hamburg—more than 100 boxes 

of specimens were lost during a shipwreck off Jaluit in the Marshall Islands in 1874 (Schmeltz 1875a: 268, 269). 

After his Godeffroy employment ended, Kubary held various positions in the region, collected for the Ethnological 

Museum (Völkerkundemuseum) of Berlin (Scheps 2005: 126), served as interpreter during the German annexation 

of parts of the Caroline Islands, and took a position as station manager for the Neuguinea-Compagnie in German 

New Guinea. He attempted to find suitable employment in Germany, where he briefly returned in 1892, but was 

unsuccessful. Kubary committed suicide on Pohnpei (then Ponape) in 1896. An extensive obituary was published 

by Schmeltz (1897). 

Eduard Dämel (1821–1900; also spelled Daemel; birth place in Germany not ascertained; Fig. 3). Before his 

Godeffroy employment, Dämel had already undertaken three collecting expeditions to Australia and Fiji, and had 

sold material to Hamburg’s Naturhistorisches Museum (Scheps 2005: 131). After returning from his third trip 

(1867), he joined the Museum Godeffroy as an assistant for a four-year period. During that time (1869–1871) he 

also maintained his own natural history specimen supply house. He then spent the years from 1871 to 1875 as a 

collector for the Museum in New South Wales and Queensland, Australia. His special interests were insects and 

spiders—Schmeltz (1875b: 269) reported on a single shipment of 40,000 pinned insects from Queensland—but he 

also supplied much other material from his travels (Friederichsen 1876d: 176). For family reasons, he returned to 

Hamburg earlier than planned from Australia and reopened his own natural history specimen supply company, 

apparently sharing space with another Godeffroy-employed dealer, C. A. Pöhl (who also served as curatorial 

assistant and editor for the museum; see below). Several publications focused on material supplied by Dämel (e.g., 

Günther 1876). 

Franz Hübner (1846–1877; sometimes misspelled “Hübener”; Fig. 7) from Drossen near Frankfurt-an-der- 

Oder, Prussia, Germany. Trained as a pharmacist, Hübner studied zoology in Halle (1871–1872). Having moved to 

Hamburg in 1874, he was hired by Godeffroy as a contract collector. Equipped with extensive collecting and 

photographic equipment, Hübner traveled to Samoa in 1875 and continued via the Tonga Islands to reach Mioko in 

the Duke of York Group of the Bismarck Archipelago in 1877. He sent several shipments of anthropological and 

zoological collections to Hamburg, including mollusks. Hübner’s explorations in the region were meant to take five 

years and to concentrate mostly on zoological specimens (Schmeltz 1875d: 271). His travels were tragically cut 

short with his death from heat stroke in December of 1877 (Friederichsen 1897b). 

Johan Theodor Kleinschmidt (1834–1881; also anglicized as John Theodore Klinesmith; Fig. 8) from 

Wolfhagen near Kassel, Hessia, Germany. After a having tried out a range of different professions, from book 

keeper to able seaman, Kleinschmidt settled in St. Louis (USA), returned to a business career and involved himself 

with painting and ornithology. He served in the American Civil War from 1861 to 1865 with the final rank of major 

(Scheps 2005: 142). When his business failed, he moved via San Francisco and Melbourne, Australia, to Fiji, 

where he suffered financial losses in the cotton market. In 1873 Kleinschmidt provided ornithological specimens 

for Otto Finsch (who at the time worked up the bird specimens for the Museum Godeffroy) and by 1875 he was 


BIELER & PETIT

engaged as a Godeffroy contract collector, initially working in Fiji. His observations were published in the JMG 

(Friederichsen 1879a) and Scheps (2005: 142–155) reported in depth on his collecting activities. In 1879 he moved 

to the Bismarck Archipelago (Melanesia) to take on the post of the late Franz Hübner. Two years later he was killed 

by natives on the island of Utuan in the Duke of York Group of the Bismarck Archipelago. 

Richard Heinrich Robert Parkinson (1844–1909; Fig. 10) from Augustenborg, Duchy of Schleswig, 

Denmark, and, as it is now assumed (Specht 2010), the illegitimate son of the Duke of Augustenborg. After 

meeting Kubary, he applied for a position with Godeffroy and was employed to collect ethnographic materials in 

Samoa, accompanying Kubary there in 1875. He also obtained zoological specimens during his travels, including 

land snails. Parkinson remained under contract for the Godeffroy company and the succeeding DHPG until 1881 

(Scheps 2005: 154). Following that period, he travelled widely in the South Pacific, managed plantations and 

worked as surveyor and collector (selling and donating thousands of artifacts to institutions such as the Australian 

Museum and Chicago’s Field Museum of Natural History), and published numerous works, of which his Dreißig 

Jahre in der Südsee [Thirty Years in the South Sea; first published in 1907] became most widely known. Parkinson 

died in 1909 in Papua New Guinea. 

Many other individuals contributed to the collecting and documenting efforts for the Godeffroy Museum. 

Among these were the captains of Godeffroy’s merchant vessels, some of whom supplied specimens, formal 

reports, and illustrations. Most prominent among them is Alfred Tetens (1835–1903; Fig. 11) who sailed for 

Godeffroy from 1865 to 1868 (when a shotgun leg wound forced his return to Europe) and, together with collector 

Kubary, provided the first ethnological reports, which were then edited and published by Graeffe (1873c). Many of 

the figures in the JMG were based on his sketches. His travels for Godeffroy in the western Pacific were analyzed 

by Bauer & Watkins-Colwell (2001). Tetens later held the office of “Wasserschout” of the Hamburgische 

Admiralität, responsible for the central hiring of seamen. His fictionalized memoirs (Tetens & Steinberg 1889) 

include his observations of native islanders during his South Sea travels. 

The Godeffroy Museum 

In 1861, the museum opened in parts of Godeffroy’s “Kontorhäuser” (counting house buildings) on the Alter 

Wandrahm street in Hamburg (Fig. 12). An exhibition was open to the public and covered the natural history, 

ethnography, and physical anthropology of the South Seas. The museum later (1876) expanded to two rented floors 

in another building on the opposite side of street, at Alter Wandrahm 29, with the lower floor dedicated to zoology 

and the upper to ethnographic and anthropological displays. 

Two years after Graeffe’s 1861 departure to collect in Samoa, Godeffroy contracted Hamburg-born Johannes 

Dietrich Eduard Schmeltz (1839–1909; Fig. 2) who joined the Godeffroy Museum as “Kustos” (curator). He was 

later joined by two assistants, Eduard Dämel (see above) and C. A. Pöhl, the latter a merchant captain (see below). 

Schmeltz had little formal training but was an enthusiastic and successful autodidact in many fields of natural 

history who had contact with many of the established naturalists in Hamburg (Kranz 2005: 26; Scheps 2005: 66). It 

proved to be a great hire; Schmeltz not only organized the collections, he also managed much of the scientific 

operation, from aspects of field collecting to many of the museum’s publications for nearly the entire duration of 

the museum’s existence. He frequently edited, summarized, and published the reports arriving from the overseas 

collectors, both in external serials and Godeffroy publications. An example is his article in the journal Globus 

(Schmeltz 1882), in which he delivered reports by Kleinschmidt and Hübner. He also published his own technical 

papers (e.g., reporting on the pteropods and heteropods of the Museum Godeffroy; Schmeltz [1875e]). Schmeltz 

equipped and advised the contract collectors, organized the incoming material, and made decisions on which 

specimens were added to the various parts of the Godeffroy collection. Most importantly, he engaged leading 

national and international specialists to help identify and describe the rich material that was streaming in with the 

returning Godeffroy vessels (a partial list of some 50 zoologists and anthropologists was compiled by Scheps 2005: 

54). Among the malacological specialists were J. R. A. Mousson (1805–1890) of Switzerland, W. B. R. H. Dunker 

(1809–1885) and O. Semper (1830–1907) of Germany, and L. S. R. Bergh (1824–1909) of Denmark. Schmeltz also 

advertised the availability of material to the broader research community (e.g., by placing announcements of 

interesting, recently acquired specimens in the Zoologischer Anzeiger (1881b: 72) and—last but not 

least—compiled extensive catalogs that listed the specimen material that was for sale (see below). At the same 

time, Johan Cesar VI Godeffroy himself held close contact with scientists and naturalists of his day. The famous 



pathologist Rudolf Virchow (1821–1902), who studied the human skulls of the Museum, and the eminent biologist 

Ernst Haeckel (1834–1919), who investigated its jellyfish collections, were both frequent guests in his house 

(Kranz 2005: 20). He, his son Johan Cesar VII Godeffroy, several of his ship captains (including Tetens and Pöhl), 

as well as the mentioned contract collectors (except Garrett and Kleinschmidt) were members of the “Verein für 

Naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung“ (Society for Natural-Scientific Discourse) in Hamburg, a natural history 

society with several formal and casual meetings every month. Schmeltz served as secretary for the society and 

Godeffroy as its honorary president (Scheps 2005: 47, and from information published in the Verhandlungen des 

Verein für Naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung zu Hamburg; Timm [1907] published a small article honoring 

Schmeltz’s contributions). Much discussion of Museum Godeffroy specimens and related information can be found 

in the latter serial publication, an example being a technical paper by collector Hübner (1875) on a technique to 

dry-preserve slugs for collections. 

FIGURE 12. J. C. Godeffroy & Sohn company buildings at Alter Wandrahm in Hamburg. Initially housed in the main 

company buildings (middle and right), the Museum Godeffroy moved across the street in 1876 to occupy two floors of the 

building on the left. Photograph taken in the late 1870s (from Schmack 1938). 

The museum holdings grew rapidly and the visiting American naturalist (and like-minded founder of the 

natural history specimen supply house “Ward‘s Natural Science”) Henry A. Ward (1876: 699) credited Godeffroy 

with “originating and sustaining an immense museum, now called after his name; an establishment which has for 

its subject the collection and distribution of zoological material, especially in the department of the invertebrates”. 

According to Penny (2002: 14), it was “generally recognized across Europe as the most complete collection of 

natural and man-made artifacts from Australia and the Pacific islands”. The museum remained in the building at 

the Alter Wandrahm street throughout its history. However, by the early 1880s it became clear that the building 

would have to make way for the development of a free port (an area now known as the Speicherstadt), made 

necessary by Hamburg’s joining of the German customs zone. Demolition in the Wandrahm area began in 1885, 

setting a firm deadline for the dissolution of the Museum Godeffroy collection (see below). 

The Godeffroy collection consisted of three formal parts: (1) a labeled display collection consisting of the 

“best” material, (2) a scientific collection of specimens in various stages of identification and research, and (3) a 

collection of duplicates that was available for purchase (Panning 1956: 14; Scheps 2010: 14). The distinction here 

is relevant, as the three parts had different histories and fates as described below. 


BIELER & PETIT

Fate of the Godeffroy collections—the Hamburger Naturhistorisches Museum and the Zoologisches 

Museum Hamburg (ZMH) 

The Godeffroy Museum was not the only natural history museum in the City of Hamburg. Its competitor was the 

previously mentioned “Hamburger Naturhistorisches Museum”, founded in 1843 and owned by the city of 

Hamburg. The museum initially combined the scientific collections of the Museum of the 

Naturwissenwissenschaftlicher Verein (natural history society) in Hamburg, founded in 1839 and housed in rented 

space in the Kaffamacherreihe street, and the much older holdings of the Akademisches Gymnasium (academic 

high school of the Johanneum), the latter founded in 1529 and containing natural history collections dating back to 

1653. The Johanneum collection had grown over the centuries by adding various institutional and private 

collections, including that of Hamburg’s Patriotische Gesellschaft (Patriotic Society), which contained parts of 

Joachim Friedrich Bolten’s “Museum Boltenianum” made famous by a sales catalog published by Peter Friedrich 

Röding in 1798 (Panning 1955: 2). The collection survived the French occupation of Hamburg (1806–1814) during 

which museum officials had hidden the valuable specimens from Georges Cuvier, who investigated the holdings on 

Napoleon’s order in 1811 and found nothing worthy of removal to Paris (Kraepelin 1901: 125). By 1837, the 

supervision of the Johanneum’s collection passed from the Stadtbibliothek to the faculty of the school. The 

collections existed in several suboptimal buildings (but were not affected by the Great Fire that devastated much of 

Hamburg in 1842), until they were moved, in 1843, into the “new” building of the Akademisches Gymnasium 

(Panning 1955: 3). There it was combined with holdings of the Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, which at the time 

of the merger included 3,900 molluscan shells representing 1,860 species (Panning 1955: 8). From 1843 to 1891, 

the Hamburger Naturhistorisches Museum remained in the building of the Johanneum school, and by 1862 gave 

public access to its displays (Weidner 1969: 6). The collections grew rapidly, fostered by the very active 

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, and added important collections, such as through the 1847 purchase of the 

zoological part of the collections of Röding who had maintained his own private “Museum für Gegenstände der 

Kunst und Natur” in Hamburg (Panning 1956: 5) and had been a founding member of that society. These were 

followed by the addition of the shell collection of Hamburg physician Jonas (donated in 1849), as well as large 

shell collections of C. W. Hermann Strebel (1881), Otto Semper (1894), C. G. Soost (1898) and others (Kraepelin 

1901: 127; Panning 1956: 4). 

The by far largest addition to the collection came in form of the zoological collections of the dissolved 

Godeffroy museum, which were purchased in 1886 (Weidner 1969: 11), a few years before the museum’s move 

into a long-planned new building in 1891 on Hamburg’s Steintorwall. Other Godeffroy specimens had reached the 

Naturhistorisches Museum through donations, trades, and purchases in earlier decades (Weidner 1993: 279). The 

acquisition of the Museum Godeffroy collection was a complicated and drawn out process: 

With the financial insolvency of the Godeffroy enterprise in late 1879, its museum became endangered. The 

local and international press took great interest in the future of the institution and its collection (e.g., 

Anonymous 1880). Curator Schmeltz published a major illustrated catalog of the ethnographic and 

anthropological holdings (Schmeltz & Krause 1881), in part to showcase the value and importance of the 

collections. Shortly afterwards he took a curatorship at the ethnographic museum in Leiden (1882), the later 

“Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde“ whose director he became after having received an honorary doctorate from 

the University of Leipzig, and where he served as editor for the Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 

Schmeltz continued to publish research articles and dedicated his 1894 work on the ethnoconchology of 

Indonesia and Oceania to the memory of Johan Cesar VI Godeffroy. After Schmeltz’s departure from Hamburg, 

Carl Friedrich August Alexander Crüger (1813–1885), a German entomologist (specializing in Lepidoptera) and 

a founding member of the Vereins für naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung zu Hamburg, was charged with 

directing the Museum. Captain C. Pöhl took over the curatorial duties, authored the final Sales Catalog (IX; Pöhl 

1884), and oversaw the museum‘s final dissolution. During liquidation of the company’s assets, the control over 

the catalogued display collections were transferred to Johan Cesar VI Godeffroy's cousin, Wilhelm von 

Godeffroy in Berlin, for a 500,000 Mark credit (Panning 1956: 14). The latter offered to gift the ethnographic 

and natural history display collections to the City of Hamburg, under the condition that it would build and 

maintain an independent museum for it (Panning 1956: 14). The city had no interest in creating such a parallel 

institution in addition to its existing museums, but—spearheaded by a private committee attempting to preserve 

the museum for Hamburg—maintained negotiations with Wilhelm von Godeffroy in Berlin for the display 



collection and with Johan Cesar VI Godeffroy (and his son, Johan Cesar VII Godeffroy) in Hamburg for the two 

other parts that had remained in family possession (the scientific and duplicate collections). No agreement could 

be reached and various museums (including Berlin, Leipzig, Leiden, London, and Hamburg) began competing 

for purchase of the ethnographic and zoological collections, initially only offered together (Scheps 2010: 16). In 

October of 1885, shortly after Johan Cesar VI Godeffroy’s death, it was the Museum für Völkerkunde zu 

Leipzig that managed to purchase the ethnographic display collection from W. Godeffroy. Hamburg then 

purchased the scientific (ethnographic, anthropological, and zoological) collections from the Godeffroy family 

in Hamburg in February of 1886 and the zoological, anthropological, and tropical wood collections from W. 

Godeffroy in March of 1886. According to Kraepelin (1901: 129), Hamburg obtained “the most valuable part of 

the zoological collections of The Museum Godeffroy—in total over 50,000 numbers—for the relatively low 

price of 60,000 Mark” [our translation]. Some items apparently went to other museums. The collection of 

duplicates was specifically excluded from the sale to the city and was taken over by Schmeltz’s former assistant 

C. Pöhl. He made them to the nucleus of his own natural history supply company, with specimens identified as 

“Pöhl Südsee”, but often still showing Godeffroy museum numbers on their labels (Panning 1956: 15). His 

company was listed by Friedländer [& son] (1895: 39) as “C. A. Pöhl, Naturalienhandlung”, with specialties 

given as Ethnologia and Conchylia, in Hamburg's Bernhardstrasse 1–2 which is the same address as listed for 

Godeffroy collector Eduard Dämel's dealership. 

According to Trew (1990: 71, 79), the British natural history dealers Robert Damon (1814–1889) and his son 

Robert Ferris Damon (1845–1925) had purchased the Godeffroy Museum stock of specimens “after the collapse of 

the company“, with it later having been sold off at London auctions in October 1909, June 1910, and March 1929. 

Several published obituaries of Robert Damon, including those by Woodward (1889: 336) and Crosse & Fischer 

(1890: 89), likewise credited him with having acquired the [zoological] collections of the Museum Godeffroy. 

Murray (1904: 253) remarked “The principal part of ethnographical collection went to Leipzig. The remainder of 

the Museum was purchased by Mr. Damon, of Weymouth“. This cannot have been the entire stock, of course, as 

German sources refer to Pöhl as having taken over the holding of duplicates for his own business and to the 

purchase of [much of] the zoological collections by the Hamburger Naturhistorisches Museum. German authors 

who discussed the fate of the Godeffroy specimens in considerable detail (Panning 1958; Scheps 2005) made no 

mention of such a sale to Robert Damon. In any case, the claim that after the Godeffroy Museum had closed, “all 

zoological objects, including fishes, were transferred to the Natural History Museum in Hamburg” (Thiel et al. 

2009: 10) is incorrect. 

In subsequent decades, the botanical collection of the Naturhistorisches Museum found its way into Hamburg's 

Botanisches Museum (Voigt 1901: 37), the Mineralogisches-Geologisches Institut split off from Hamburg’s 

Naturhistorisches Museum (1907) and moved into own quarters (Mineralogisch-Geologisches Museum, 1910), 

followed by the ethnographic collections (Museum für Völkerkunde, 1912). The zoological collections and 

displays of the Naturhistorisches Museum expanded accordingly and became the Zoologisches Museum (Klatt 

cited in Ladiges et al. 1968: 13). 

Exactly 100 years after the Naturhistorisches Museum was founded, it was burned out during WWII air-raids 

by allied bombers that destroyed most of the city in July of 1943. As with the majority of the museum’s assembled 

wealth, the dry molluscan collection, which at the time were considered the fourth largest in the world and 

contained the specimens of Godeffroy, Röding, Otto Semper, and many others, was completely lost. The alcoholpreserved 

material had been secured in a temporary shelter in Hamburg’s underground subway system (Ladiges in 

Ladiges et al. 1968), and about 7,000 wet-preserved molluscan samples were thus saved, including the valuable 

alcohol-preserved cephalopod specimens (Dzwillo 1993: 18). The formalin-preserved specimens, including the 

larger cephalopods, had been left behind in the building and were lost in the museum’s destruction (Kosswig in 

Ladiges et al. 1968: 42). Fortunately, half of Otto Semper’s molluscan collection had been given to the Museum in 

Altona (previously an independent Prussian city and since 1938 a borough of Hamburg). Semper’s surviving 

Altona collection, which among others also contained type specimens by Karl-Theodor Menke and Ludwig 

Pfeiffer, became part a nucleus of the post-war collections of the ZMH, the latter now part of the “Biozentrum 

Grindel” at Hamburg’s Martin-Luther-King Platz (institutional web site: http://www.uni-hamburg.de/biologie/ 

BioZ/zmh/mal/sam.html). The Godeffroy material in the mollusk collection has been databased but not yet been 

fully verified (B. Hausdorf, pers. comm. May 2012). 


BIELER & PETIT

Specimen numbers in the Godeffroy Collection 

Schmeltz used a consistent numbering system for the species throughout the collections, displays, and catalogs, 

allowing to track name changes over time and providing the opportunity to tie specimen lots to these “Godeffroy 

numbers.” It is important to note that these numbers reflect nominal species, collected (and sometimes re-collected) 

from the given locales and available for purchase from the Godeffroy holdings, and do not necessarily refer to 

individual specimen lots deriving from a single collecting event. Quite often a numbered species will be listed in 

different catalogs with a variety of localities, but with the number unchanged. A sample of a museum collection 

label is given in Fig. 13. 

Some authors adopted the “Godeffroy numbers“ consistently in formal publications, an example being Milne 

Edwards’s (1873) treatment of Crustacea from the Godeffroy Museum. 

FIGURE 13. Museum Godeffroy specimen label (originally affixed to an alcohol vial). Godeffroy number 8557, stating 

“Nanina similis—Kandavu—Semper”; a syntype lot of Eurypus similis Semper, 1870 from Kandavu (Fiji), now as Orpiella 

(Eufretum) similis (C. Semper, 1870) in the Hamburg collection, ZMH 21477. 

Godeffroy Museum publications 

The majority of studies based on Godeffroy material were published outside the museum, in various German, 

British, and French serials and monographs. Examples include papers by Mousson in the Journal de 

Conchyliologie and by Pease in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. The museum itself issued two 

very different serial publications, a set of (initially annual) sales catalogs that included some formal species 

descriptions of bryozoans and echinoderms (and, as will be shown, inadvertently introduced a multitude of 

molluscan nomina nuda) and the expensively produced Journal des Museum Godeffroy. According to the unsigned 

foreword of its first volume (written by museum curator Schmeltz, editor Graeffe, or publisher Friederichsen) the 

latter was explicitly started to avoid the further fragmentation of Godeffroy collection-related information. 

Godeffroy Catalogs 

Between 1864 and 1881 eight sales catalogs appeared, edited and authored by curator J. D. E. Schmeltz. A ninth 

catalog, compiled by C. A. Pöhl, was published in May of 1884, after the museum had closed and before its formal 



collections were sold. Catalogs I–III only contain indication of the Von der Heyde printing house, Catalog IV was 

published by the Mauke company, catalogs V–VII and IX by Friederichsen, and Catalog VIII was issued as an 

advertising supplement to the journal Zoologischer Anzeiger published in Leipzig. Catalogs II–IV were specifically 

described as superseding any prior catalogs. This changed with catalog VI, which Schmeltz (1877: v) considered 

the first of several “Special-Cataloge” that merely added new material to the earlier listings. 

At the time, the catalogs were widely and inexpensively distributed, in agreement with their stated intent to 

advertise the availability of “duplicates” from the Godeffroy Museum for purchase. Advertisements for the 

Catalogs appeared in other publications by the Friederichsen company, for instance on the back wrapper of an 1874 

issue [II(7)] of the much more formal and expensive JMG, where Catalog V was offered for 2 Thaler, and in 

announcement flyers that were variously distributed, one of which can be found bound into the British Museum 

copy of the JMG [II(5)]. 

The catalogs were published in German, but at least one (Catalog III of 1866) was also distributed 

internationally with an English cover page “Enumeration of duplicate specimens for sale sent home by the 

scientific collectors of Messrs Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Son” and contained translated introductory remarks and 

abbreviations; there possibly were others. 

The catalogs often (II–V) contained zoological and geographic notes and reports about collecting activities. 

Schmeltz (1864: 1; 1865: i) noted that the majority of the zoological material from Oceania listed in Catalogs I and 

II were collected by Graeffe. In Catalog II, Schmeltz (1865: i–iv) summarized field reports from that collector, 

adding to Graeffe’s own account published in a Swiss journal (1864). In Catalog III (1866: i–xii), Schmeltz 

highlighted the fact that the new material had been supplied from Graeffe in Samoa and Fiji, from Dietrich in 

Queensland, and from the various ship captains that had been equipped for the collection of natural history 

specimens. Schmeltz compared some of the material in great detail with previous publications (to the point of 

measuring individual fish specimens) and discussed particularly interesting specimens while mentioning the 

taxonomic specialists that he had enlisted for their determinations. Schmeltz’s introduction of Catalog IV (1869: 

iii–v) explained the publication gap since 1866 with the time-consuming need to work up the large amount of 

newly arrived material from Graeffe and Dietrich, as well as from Godeffroy’s ship captains Tetens (Palau), J. 

Meier (mouth of the Amur, Russia), and H.W. Wendt (pelagic animals), and provided a detailed list of specialists 

who provided taxonomic determinations. Catalog IV of 1869 also included formal descriptions of new bryozoan 

and echinoderm taxa by Hamburg's senator and mayor Gustav Heinrich Kirchenpauer (1808–1887; whose taxa 

were discussed by Calder & Brinckmann-Voss 2011) and the Danish zoologist Christian Frederik Lütken 

(1827–1901), as well as an announcement (p. v) that the first shipment of zoological specimens from Andrew 

Garrett had been received in Hamburg. The introduction to Catalog V (Schmeltz, 1874: vii–xii) referred to 

extensive new collections received from collectors Graeffe, Garrett, Kubary, and Dietrich, and described travel and 

collecting activities of these individuals as well as of Dämel and of J. M. Hildebrandt, the latter having supplied 

rich material from East Africa, including Mollusca. Catalog VI was introduced by Schmeltz (1877: v–vi) as a 

“Special-Catalog” providing additional new duplicate material supplied by Dämel, Kubary, Garrett, Hübner, and 

Kleinschmidt. This was followed by Catalog VII, another Special-Catalog focusing on vertebrates and providing 

“Nachträge [addenda] zu Catalog V & VI”. Catalog VIII of 1881, the last issue edited by Schmeltz, included no 

introductory text. The final Catalog IX issued by Pöhl (1884) likewise had no narrative content except for a brief 

technical introduction. 

Price information in the Catalogs reflected the dramatic changes in currency systems over the time span they 

were issued. Thirty Silbergroschen corresponded to one Prussian Courant at the time of Catalog I (1864). Catalog 

V (1874) still used Silbergroschen, but now ten “Slbgr.” equaled one Reichsmark; from Catalog VI (1877) on 

prices were given in Mark and Pfennige. Some catalogs included exchange rates to Franc and Shilling to aid 

international specimen orders. 

While the specimen availability and pricing was superseded with each subsequent catalog publication, the 

issued numbers were certainly intended for permanent scientific record and some were formally treated by the 

Zoological Record at the time (Martens 1870). However, most recipients apparently did not retain the Catalogs and 

very few complete copies survived the test of time. In fact, Junk (1930: 195) described the Godeffroy Catalogs as 

an extraordinarily rare work and could point to only a single complete set containing all nine published numbers, 

housed in the Hamburger Naturhistorisches Museum. Volumes I–III (which were not distributed by a publisher) 

and Pöhl’s late addition of volume IX appear to be particularly rare in the world’s libraries. The most detailed 


BIELER & PETIT

description of the catalogs was provided by Evenhuis (2007) who had access to Catalogs II–VIII (II–VI from the 

Bishop Museum library and VII and VIII supplied by Dr. Aaron Bauer at Villanova University) [for copies see 

http://hbs.bishopmuseum.org/fiji/archives.html]. The current treatment is largely based on a photocopy of all nine 

catalogs held in the entomological collections of the Zoological Institut and Museum (ZIM) in Hamburg, 

supplemented by information from the Bishop Museum copies when they contained pages not present in the ZIM 

(pp. i–iv of Catalog II, English language parts of Catalog III). Pages in the catalogs are numbered in Roman and 

Arabic numerals, usually separating introductory parts for the main listing. Other pages remained unnumbered, 

accounting for differences in subsequent citations that further complicate the assessment of what comprises a 

complete Catalog copy. 

It should be noted that the duplicate specimens from Amalie Dietrich’s botanical collections were offered in 

their own sales catalog compiled by Schmeltz (1866b) that was not a numbered part of the regular series treated 

herein. The “Neuholländische Pflanzen, gesammelt von Frau Amalie Dietrich“ was supposed to become its own 

series; a second plant catalog was in preparation according to an announcement that Schmeltz placed in the 

Botanische Zeitung (1867: 31). 

The Catalogs are a peculiar mixture of research tool (in which Schmeltz and his colleagues reflected name 

changes and reidentifications for the collected lots), research publication (with formal introduction of certain new 

taxa) and, of course, sales catalog from which buyers were to pick their wares. The nomenclature used in the 

catalogs did not make it easy for the casual shopper: Some of the listed names had not yet been formally introduced 

and Schmeltz frequently employed supposed senior synonyms unfamiliar to contemporary readers, an approach 

that led Sutor (1877) to complain about the 1874 Catalog as an example of “priority fanatism“. 

Museum Godeffroy Catalogs 

Catalog I (1864): 

Catalog I der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den naturhistorischen Expeditionen der Herren Joh. Ces. 

Godeffroy & Sohn in Hamburg [Catalog I of the duplicates offered for sale from the natural history expeditions of 

Mssrs. Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & son in Hamburg]. Hamburg. 32 pp. [Junk (1930: 194) stated 41 p.]. 

Author: J. D. E. Schmeltz, jr. (1864) 

Stated date: June 1864 (title page). 

Publisher: not given. 

Printer: Von der Heyde. 

Content: Title page; Bemerkungen [remarks], Abkürzungen [abbreviations] (1 p.), catalog pp. 3–31 (with 

Nachtrag = addendum on p. 31), errata (1 p.). 

Mollusca: Molusca [sic]; pp. 17–26. 

Catalog II (1865): 

Catalog II der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den naturhistorischen Expeditionen der Herren Joh. Ces. 

Godeffroy & Sohn in Hamburg. Mit Bemerkungen über die Lebensweise einzelner darin enthaltener Objecte 

[Catalog II of the duplicates offered for sale from the natural history expeditions of Mssrs. Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & 

son in Hamburg. With comments on the life history of included objects]. Hamburg. [i] + iv + 33 pp. 


Stated date: March 1865 (title page); introductory remarks (p. iv) dated 24 March. 


Printer: Von der Heyde. 

Content: Title page; Bemerkungen [remarks], Abkürzungen [abbreviations] (1 p.), Vorbemerkungen [preliminary 

remarks] (i–iv [from Bishop Museum copy; not in Hamburg copy]), catalog pp. 1–33 (with errata on p. 33). 

Mollusca: pp. 18–29. 

Catalog III (1866): 

Catalog III der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den naturhistorischen Expeditionen der Herren Joh. Ces. 

Godeffroy & Sohn in Hamburg [Catalog III of the duplicates offered for sale from the natural history expeditions of 

Mssrs. Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & son in Hamburg]. Hamburg. [ii] + xii + 52 pp. 



Author: J. D. E. Schmeltz, jr. (1866a) 

Stated date: October 1866 (title page). 


Printer: J. von der Heyde. 

Content: Title page, Bemerkungen [remarks] (1 p.), Abkürzungen [abbreviations] (1 p.), Notizen [notes] 

(i–xii); catalog pp. 1–52 (including errata on p. 52). 

Mollusca: Cephalapoda [sic], Cephalophora, Acephala: pp. 27–43. Schmeltz (1866: vii) mentioned that the 

land and freshwater shells were identified by Professor Mousson in Zurich and had been, in part, already published 

in in the Journal de Conchyliologie for 1865. The newly received marine shells had been excluded from this 

Catalog, because of a delay resulting from Dr. H. Crosse’s illness; Crosse (Paris) had taken over the responsibility 

for their determination. 

This Catalog (and perhaps others?) was issued in an English-language version (Bishop Museum copy): The 

cover is entitled “III Enumeration of duplicate specimens for sale sent home by the scientific collectors of Messrs 

Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Son. Hamburgh, October 1866”, and “Remarks” and “Abbreviations” were translated on 

one page, the remaining pages remained unchanged from the German version. 

FIGURE 14. Title page of Catalog IV (Schmeltz 1869). 


BIELER & PETIT

Catalog IV (1869), Figure 14: 

Museum Godeffroy Catalog IV, nebst einer Beilage, enthaltend: topographische Notizen; Beschreibung neuer 

Bryozoen von Senator Dr. Kirchenpauer zu Hamburg und einer neuen Asteriden-Gattung von Dr. Chr. Lütken zu 

Kopenhagen [Museum Godeffroy Catalog IV, with a supplement containing topographic notes, description of new 

bryozoans by Senator Dr. Kichenpauer of Hamburg, and of a new asterid genus by Dr. Chr. Lütken of 

Copenhagen]. Hamburg. xliii + 139 + [2] pp. 


Stated date: May 1869 (title page); preface (p. v) dated 18 May. Confirmed as having been published in May 

1869 by Schmeltz (1874: vii). 

Publisher: Wilhelm Mauke Söhne. 

Printer: J. von der Heyde. 

Content: Title page, Vorwort [preface] (= iii–v), Topographische und zoologische Notizen [topograpgic and 

zoological notes] (vi–xxiv), Neue Bryozoen (by G. H. Kirchenpauer, pp. xxv–xxxiv); Choriaster granulatus, eine 

neue Gattung aus der Familie der Asteriden [by C. Lütken, p. xxxv]; Literatur-Verzeichniss [references] 

(xxxvi–xxxix); Bemerkungen [remarks] (xlii); Abkürzungen [abbreviations] (xliii); catalog (1–139; including 

errata on p. 139), Index (2 pp.). 

Mollusca: Cephalapoda [sic], Cepalophora [sic], Acephala: pp. 67–117 (mollusks ending on p. 116; the last 

part also extending to some non-mollusks: brachiopods and tunicates); Cephalophora, 135–139. Schmeltz 

(1869: iv) thanked A. Mousson and W. Dunker for the determination of “Cephalophora and Acephala” in this 

catalog. 

Catalog V (1874), Figure 15: 

Museum Godeffroy Catalog V. Nebst einer Beilage enthaltend topographische und zoologische Notizen [Museum 

Godeffroy Catalog V, with a supplement containing topographic and zoological notes]. Hamburg. xxxviii + 215 pp. 


Stated date: February 1874; preface (p. xii) dated “Anfang [beginning of] Februar”. [According to 

advertisement issued with JGM 2(5), this was published end of February 1874. Brief reviews were published by 

Kobelt (April 1874) and Pfeiffer (1875)]. 

Publisher: L. Friederichsen & Co. 

Printer: G. J. Herbst. 

Content: Title page; Inhalts-Verzeichniss [index] (iv–vi); Vorwort [preface] (vii–xii); Topographische und 

zoologische Notizen [topographic and zoological notes] (xiii–xxxi); Literatur-Verzeichniss [references] 

(xxxii–xxxvi); Bemerkungen [remarks] (xxxviii); catalog (1–199); Addenda (200–208); Corrigenda (209–212); 

Doubletten der ethnographischen Sammlung [duplicates of the ethnographic collections] (213–124); Errata (p. 215). 

Mollusca: Cephalapoda [sic], Cephalophora, Acephala; 86–181 [mollusks ending on p. 181; the last part also 

extending to some non-mollusks: brachiopods and tunicates]; Addenda (207–208), Corrigenda (209–212). 

According to Schmeltz’s statement on p. viii, the arrangement of Mollusca in Catalog V was based exclusively on 

H. & A. Adams’s The Genera of Recent Mollusca. Taxonomic specialists as in Catalog IV, with the addition of R. 

Bergh (Copenhagen) for determination of some nudibranchs (Schmeltz, 1874: ix). Otto Semper (Altona) was 

thanked for assisting Schmeltz with a complete revision of the conchological material in the catalog. 

Stated sales price: 2 Thaler (according to advertisement issued with JGM 2[5]). 

Catalog VI (1877): 

Museum Godeffroy Catalog VI. Nachträge zu Catalog V [Museum Godeffroy Catalog VI. Addenda to Catalog V]. 

Hamburg. vii+ 108 pp. 


Stated date: March 1877; preface (p. vi) dated “Anfang [beginning of] März” [listed by Kobelt 1877b: 101 

(December) as having been received] . 


Printer: G. J. Herbst. 

Content: Title page; Inhalts-Verzeichniss [index] (iii–iv);Vorwort [preface] (v–vi); Abkürzungen, 

Bemerkungen [abbreviations, remarks] (vii); catalog [1–101]; Addenda (102–107); Errata (p. 108). 



Mollusca: Cephalophora, Acephala; pp. 79–98 [mollusks ending on p. 98; the last part also extending to some 

non-mollusks: brachiopods and tunicates]; Addenda section for Cephalophora; pp. 104–107. Taxonomic specialists 

as in the prior catalogs, according to Schmeltz (1877: vi). 

FIGURE 15. Page 100 of Catalog V (Schmeltz 1874), showing the typical arrangement of information in four columns, (1) the 

Museum Godeffroy number assigned to the material under discussion, (2) the accepted name at the time, plus synonyms or 

different names assigned in prior catalogs or used in communications with specialists, (3) the geographic origin of the material 

offered in this catalog, and (4) the price in Silbergroschen. Footnotes provide additional information, ranging from color 

descriptions to synonymy discussions and taxonomic notes. 

Catalog VII (1879): 

Museum Godeffroy Catalog VII. Wirbelthiere (Animalia vertebrata) und Nachträge zu Catalog V & VI aus den 

übrigen Thierklassen [Museum Godeffroy Catalog VII. Vertebrates (Animalia vertebrata) and addenda to Catalogs 

V & VI from the remaining animal classes]. Hamburg. viii + 99 pp. 


BIELER & PETIT


Stated date: May 1879 [listed by Kobelt 1879: 80 (July) as having been received] . 


Printer: Not stated. 

Content: Title page; Inhalts-Verzeichniss [index] (iii–iv); Vorwort [preface] (v–vi); Abkürzungen, 

Bemerkungen [abbreviations, remarks] (vii–viii); catalog (1–92); Addenda (92–96); Doubletten der 

ethnographischen Sammlung [duplicates of the ethnographic collection] (97); Doubletten der botanischen 

Sammlung [duplicates of the botanical collection] (98); Errata (p. 99). Inside wrappers with advertisements by 

Friederichsen & Co. for the Journal des Museum Godeffroy, Hefte 1–14 and for maps of West Equatorial Africa. 

Mollusca: Cephalopoda, Cephalophora, Acephala; pp. 84–89 [mollusks ending on p. 89; the last part also 

extending to some non-mollusks: brachiopods and tunicates]; Addenda section for Cephalophora; p. 96. 

Taxonomic specialists as in the prior catalogs, according to Schmeltz (1879: v). 

Catalog VIII (1881): 

Museum Godeffroy, Hamburg. Catalog VIII. [no date/cover/title page found]. Issued as Inseraten-Beilage (= 

advertising supplement) 91 of Zoologischer Anzeiger, 4. 18 pp. 

Author: J. D. E. Schmeltz [no “jr.”] (1881) 

Stated date: Exact date not established, but likely between 1 August (date of Beilage 89) and 26 September 

(date of Beilage 93). 

Publisher: Not stated. 

Printer: Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig. 

Content: Catalog (1–18) [no other formal parts in addition to catalog listings]. 

Mollusca: Cephalopoda, Cephalophora et Acephala; pp. 16–17 

Catalog IX (1884): 

Museum Godeffroy Catalog IX. Hamburg. 48 pp. 

Author: C. A. Pöhl. (1884) 

Stated date: May 1884. 


Printer: Not stated. 

Content: Title page; Vorwort [preface] (p. 3); catalog (pp. 5–48 [ending upruptly, but appently the final page 

published]). 

Mollusca: None (Vertebrata and Insecta only). 

“Museum Godeffroy 1885” 

Although there was no Catalog published in 1885, “Mus. Godeffroy, 1885” is referenced by Garrett (1887c, 1887d) 

as the source for several names. In his text for the nomina so cited, Garrett made statements such as “I received four 

examples of this singular species from the Museum Godeffroy” or “I received this species from the Museum 

Godeffroy labelled …”. There are seven of these “1885” names, two of them in the synonymy of species 

attributable to Pfeiffer and Pease; the over five were made available by Garrett. To avoid any confusion about the 

existence of another Catalog, and for completeness, these “Godeffroy 1885” nomina are here listed: 

Georissa juvenilis “Mousson” Garrett, 1887d: 314. Attributed to Mousson with reference to “Diancta juvenilis, Mousson, MS., 

Mus. Godeffroy, 1885.” 

Georissa parva (Pease)—Garrett, 1887d: 314. With “Hydrocena insularis, ‘Crosse,’ Mousson, in Museum Godeffroy, 1885” in 

synonymy. 

Helicina incisa “Mousson” Garrett, 1887d: 313. Attributed to “Mousson MS., Museum Godeffroy, 1885”. 

Helicina pohliana Garrett, 1887d: 313. With Reference to “Helicina miniata, ‘Lesson’ (not of Lesson in Voy. Coquille), 

Museum Godeffroy, 1885”. 

Ostodes liberatus “Mousson” Garrett, 1887d: 305. Attributed to “Mousson MS., Museum Godeffroy, 1885”. 

Ostodes strictus “Mousson” Garrett, 1887d: 306. Attributed to “Mousson MS., Museum Godeffroy, 1885”. 

Stenogyra tuckeri Pfeiffer—Garrett, 1887c: 132. With “Stenogyra gyrata, Mousson MS., in Mus. Godeffroy, 1885” in 

synonymy. 



Other species-specific advertisements 

In addition to the longer catalog listings described above, Schmeltz placed various announcements in scientific 

journals, publicizing the availability of certain zoological specimens for sale. Several appeared—like Catalog 

VIII—as advertising supplements to the Zoologischer Anzeiger (Inseraten-Beilagen nos. 53, 73, 75, 89, 98, 100, 

116). Most offered vertebrate specimens, no Mollusca were included among the advertisements located; see 

Schmeltz (1880, 1881a, c, d, f, g, 1882a). 

Journal des Museum Godeffroy (JMG) 

The JMG comprises six volumes (Bände), see Fig. 16. The subtitle of the Journal was “Geographische, 

ethnographische und naturwissenschaftliche Mittheilungen”, and the serial indeed published on a broad range of 

topics, including meteorological observations, maps, and reports of Godeffroy-sponsored collectors. Ludwig 

Friederichsen (as L. Friederichsen & Co., Hamburg) served as publisher. The JMG published in German, with very 

few exceptions (e.g., Milne Edwards 1873). In contrast to the inexpensively produced and distributed Catalog 

series, the JMG set high standards in print and color reproduction. The resulting price—a set of the first 12 

published numbers cost 540 Mark (Scheps 2005: 185)—was described as “unaffordable“ or “extraordinary“ in 

contemporary reviews (e.g., Anonymous 1874: 1455). 

Eduard Graeffe (see above) served as first editor of the JMG from 1872, but left the Godeffroy Museum 

toward the end of 1873 to become director of the aquarium in Vienna. The editorial duties were taken over by 

Ludwig Friedrichsen, who had long acted as publisher for the various museum’s publications. Unassigned articles 

(e.g., “Kleine Mittheilungen” in Heft 2 of Volume V, 1876) are therefore attributable to Friedrichsen, although 

much of the material was likely provided by curator (and Catalog author) Schmeltz. Financial support for the JMG 

dried up in 1881 (Günther, in the foreword to Heft VIII of 1909), and the final numbers making up volume VI 

published in 1909 and 1910 appeared long after the museum had ceased to exist. It was a Godeffroy family 

foundation (the “Dr. Wilhelm Martin von Godeffroy Familien-Fidei-Comiss-Stiftung”) that came to the rescue and 

allowed the completion of the project. 

As previously pointed out by Winckworth (1946: 22), the JMG has a puzzling system of multiple pagination, 

one each for the volume (Band), the part (Heft), and the separately issued offprints. Another peculiarity is the 

combination of the Hefte into volumes out of numerical order, with volume I consisting of parts 1, 2, and 4; volume 

II of parts 3, 5, 7, and 9; volume III of parts 6, 8, and 10; volume IV of parts 11, 13, and 15; and volume V of parts 

12 and 14. Volumes II, IV, and VI were dedicated entirely to “Andrew Garrett’s Fische der Südsee” (see below). 

Here the volumes (Bände) and parts (Hefte) received a dual classification system; for example, Heft 13 of Band IV 

in the overall publication series corresponds to Heft 6 of Band II of the “Fische der Südsee”. The other volumes 

contained miscellaneous articles. 

The journal editors were very inconsistent in citing the article titles in the content listings of volumes and 

numbers, leading to some confusion in the subsequent literature. An example is Graeffe’s (1873b) report on 

Kubary’s work in the Marshall Islands, which in the actual article is named simply “Die Ebongruppe im Marshall’s 

Archipel”, in the content listing of Heft 1 “Die Lagune von Ebon, nach brieflichen Mittheilungen von J. Kubary, 

bearbeitet by Dr. E. Gräffe”, and in the content listing of Band 1 “Die Ebongruppe I, Marshall’s Archipel nach 

briefl. Mitteilungen J. Kubary’s”. 

The following lists all volumes (Bände) with their individual parts (Hefte) and indicates articles that are 

dealing with taxonomy of Mollusca. Articles that mention general collecting activities or descriptions of shellbased 

artifacts are not annotated herein. The major molluscan articles were authored by the Danish physician and 

malacologist Rudolph Bergh (1873a, 1874c, 1875b, 1879a), as part of his extensive series on the nudibranchs of 

the South Sea (“Neue Nacktschnecken der Südsee, malacologische Untersuchungen”); see Fig. 17. 


BIELER & PETIT

FIGURE 16. Title page of JMG Band 3 (1873–1902; from copy held at the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago). 



FIGURE 17. Reproduction of Bergh’s (1874c) nudibranch plate 1 in the JMG (Band 3, Heft 6), with images 1–5 and 18–20 

based on sketches by Eduard Graeffe, and 6–17 based on those by Andrew Garrett (from copy held at the Field Museum of 

Natural History, Chicago). 


BIELER & PETIT

Band I (1873/74), 295 pp., 35 pls. 

Heft 1 (pp. 1–70, pls. 1–8), with foreword and articles 2–7. Original sales price, 5 Thaler. Date: by 15 

January 1873 [based on listing and review by Anonymous in The Academy (1873: 32, 33)]. No Mollusca. 

Heft 2 (pp. 71–175 [1–103], pls. 1–12), with articles 8–12. Original sales price, 10 Thaler. Date: May 1873 

[based on printed date on Heft back wrapper]. Mollusca: Bergh (1873). 

Heft 4 (pp. 177–295 [1–119], pls. 1–15), with articles 13–20. Original sales price, 10 Thaler. Date: The printed 

back wrapper states “Hamburg, im October 1873“, but the volume cover gives 1874 as the end date for Band I. 

Heft 4 appeared before 15 October 1873 [based on a note of that date by G. Semper (1873: 425) in the The 

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, referring to Heft 4 as having just been published]. No Mollusca. 

Band II (1873–1875), pp. i–iv, 1–128, pls. 1–83 [= “Andrew Garrett’s Fische der Südsee, beschrieben und 

redigiert von Albert C.L. G. Günther, Band I”, with Hefte renumbered in sequence 1–4]. No Mollusca. 

Heft 3 (pp. i–ii, 1–24, pls. 1–20). = Fische der Südsee Heft 1. Original sales price, 20 Thaler. Date: August 

1873 [printed date on Heft end wrapper] 

Heft 5 (pp. 25–56, pls. 21–40). = Fische der Südsee Heft 2. Original sales price, 20 Thaler. Date: February 

1874 [printed date on Heft end wrapper; according to Dor (1976: 192), pls. 21–40 were published with Heft 

7] 

Heft 7 (pp. 57–96, pls. 41–60). = Fische der Südsee Heft 3. Original sales price, 60 Mark. Date: December 

1874 [printed date on Heft end wrapper] 

Heft 9 (pp. iii–iv, 97–128, pls. 61–83). = Fische der Südsee Heft 4. Original sales price, 60 Mark. Date: 

November 1875 [printed date on Heft end wrapper] 

Band III (1873–1902), 284 pp., 43 pls.; original sales price, 95 Mark. 

Heft 6 (pp. 1–131, [i], pls. 1–5), with articles 1–7. Original sales price, 5 Thaler. Date: “1873/74” [Heft 

title]. Published after 1 October 1874, the date of an oral presentation to the Geographische Gesellschaft in 

Hamburg by editor Friederichsen, in which he referred to the upcoming publication of Heft 6 (Friederichsen 

1875) and before 18 November 1874, the date of a review in Göttingische gelehrte Anzeigen (Anonymous 

1874). Mollusca: Bergh (1874). 

Heft 8 (pp. [i], 133–271 [1–139], pls. 1–18), with articles 1–8 (= articles 8–15 of Volume). Original sales 

price, 36 Mark. Date: “1875” [Heft title; and according to a review by “K.M.” (1876: 912) in Göttingische 

gelehrte Anzeigen]; “31. Mai 1875” given as date of added corrections on last page. Published between 31 

May and before 17 September 1875, the publication date of a review in Botanische Zeitung that included an 

article in Heft 8 (Kraus 1875). Mollusca: Bergh (1875). 

Heft 10 (pp. 273–284 [1–13], pls. 1–20), with foreword and article 2 (= articles 16, 17 of Volume). Date: 

“1902” [Heft title]. No Mollusca. 

Band IV (1876–1881), pp. i–v, 129–260, pls. 84–140 [= “Andrew Garrett’s Fische der Südsee, beschrieben und 

redigiert von Albert C.L. G. Günther, Band II”, with Hefte renumbered in sequence 5–7]. Original sales price, 180 

Mark. No Mollusca. 

Heft 11 (pp. 129–168, pls. 84–100). = Fische der Südsee Heft 5. Date: “1876” [printed date on Heft front 

wrapper]. 



Heft. 13 (pp. 169 –216, pls. 101 –120). = Fische der Südsee Heft 6. Date: “1877” [printed date on Heft front 

wrapper]. 

Heft. 15 (pp. i–v, 217–260, pls. 121–140). = Fische der Südsee Heft 7. Date: “1881” [printed date on Heft 

front wrapper]; 5 Dec. 1881 [date of notice in Vierteljahrsschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in 

Zürich 26: 384]. 

Band V (1876/1879), 284 pp., 24 pls. 

Heft 12 (178 pp., 8 pls.), with articles 1–9. Date: “Juli 1876” stated on pp. 175, 178. Mollusca: Heynemann 

(1876), Friedrichsen (1876 a, b, c). 

Heft 14 (284 pp., 16 pls.), with articles 1–15. Date: “1879” on Heft title; “Februar 1879” on back wrapper; 

28 February accepted as date by Burn (1978: 298), giving this article priority over Bergh’s other papers of 

the same year. Mollusca: Bergh (1879a). 

Band VI (1909–1910), pp. i–iv, i–vi, 261–515, pls. 141–180 [= “Andrew Garrett’s Fische der Südsee, beschrieben 

und redigiert von Albert C.L. G. Günther, Band III”, with Hefte renumbered in sequence 5–7]. No Mollusca. 

Heft 16 (i–iv, pp. 261–388, pls. 141–160). = Fische der Südsee Heft 8. Date: “1909” [printed date on title 

page and Heft front wrapper; Dor (1976: 192) erroneously gave the beginning page as “216”]. 

Heft 17 (pp. i–vi, [ii], 389–515, pls. 161–180). = Fische der Südsee Heft 9. Date: “1910” [printed date on 

title page and Heft front wrapper]. 

Other Godeffroy publications 

In addition to the mentioned sales catalogs and its JMG series, the Museum Godeffroy issued only a few standalone 

works that largely focused on ethnographic themes. All but one of these were issued when the museum was 

already endangered and were probably published to showcase the value and relevance of the museum’s holdings to 

those deciding on its future. 

In 1876, only days after the museum had moved into its new quarters, Schmeltz issued a list of the 

ethnographic collections to serve as a guide during the 49 th annual meeting of the Gesellschaft Deutscher 

Naturforscher und Ärzte, an interdiscplinary society of researchers and physicians that met in Hamburg that year. 

No other museum guide appears to have been published until 1882, when Schmeltz (1882c) issued a 61-page 

publication describing the museum. 

Schmeltz and the physician/anthropologist Rudolph Krause published a large work describing in detail the 

ethnographic and anthropological collections of the museum (Schmeltz & Krause 1881). This was followed by an 

“Anthropologisches Album” with photographs of individuals from Polynesia, Micronesia, and Melanesia that had 

been taken mostly by Kubary during his travels, with others supplied by Hübner, Garrett, and Kleinschmidt 

(Museum Godeffroy 1881). A second set of photographs followed in 1885 (Scheps 2005: 196), containing images 

from the Bismarck Archipelago supplied by Kleinschmidt. 

Molluscan Taxa in Godeffroy Publications 

Molluscan taxa and nomina nuda in the Godeffroy Catalogs 

The following listing is arranged by the Godeffroy species numbers as they were used in Museum collection and 

Sales Catalogs. Within each numbered entry, later listings are not repeated in full but are denoted by year, catalog 

number and page number, separated from the earlier listing by a semicolon. If a different or emended name is used 

in a later catalog, such listing is separated from the earlier usage by an em dash [—]. Catalog entries using the same 


BIELER & PETIT

name/number are not included if they were published after the name had been made available. Nomen nudum is 

normally used only once for each nude species-group name, although in some cases it may appear twice in order to 

maintain clarity. “=” denotes objective synonymy; “?=” denotes subjective synonymy. In identifying the current 

placement of the species listed by Godeffroy we have been conservative in the use of genera, such as using Conus 

for all Conidae despite the fact that the genus is now split into many genera. Using anything other than Conus (or 

Cypraea for Cypraeidae) would involve deciding what current authority to follow and then giving a reason for 

doing so—issues that have little bearing on the current paper. The names as listed with conventional generic 

placement cannot be misunderstood. 

Some of the names listed by Schmeltz for which we have not found authorities, such as minor and gracilior, 

might have been meant as morphological descriptors but are treated herein as taxonomic names for consistency. 

Multi-word descriptors, written as varietal names such as “maxima costata”, are considered to be descriptive terms 

and not intended to be nomina. They are included here for completeness and to avoid any possible future 

confusion. 

The names used by Schmeltz and commented upon in the following listing can be grouped in several 

categories: a total of 162 nude names were attributed to correspondent authors (Dunker, Garrett, Mousson, Pease, 

Semper), using notations such as “Mss., n. sp.” to indicate that the name had been supplied by one of them. An 

additional 213 nude names were attributed to the same correspondents, but with no notation of novelty. Another 

154 names were attributed to non-binominal authors (Chemnitz, Gronovius, Martini, Martyn, Meuschen) or to 

Solander (the majority of names attributed to the latter being nude). At the time, works by these authors were 

considered to be available by some, although not most, zoologists. The status of these old works was a matter of 

contention for many years. Schmeltz sometimes reversed himself more than once on authorship of some species in 

subsequent catalog issues. In addition, 27 names were listed without author, and 12 entries are interpreted as 

descriptive terms not considered to be intended as binominal. Seven nude names were introduced by Schmeltz 

either attributed to others as replacement names, or tagged as “Nobis” or “mihi” but were not made available 

therein (see numbers 1781, 5228, 6897, 7310, 8088, 8782, 9088, 9472 [8088 and 9088 are the same name]). Four 

names were given with wrong authors. Another eight entries deal with miscellaneous topics such as unnamed 

varieties or non-molluscan taxa. 

Only five names, one (preoccupied) genus-group name and four replacement species-group names were found 

to date from the Catalogs (numbers 8541, 6882, 8711, 7215, 8832). 

Schmeltz used abbreviations customary in taxonomic writing at the time. These include “in lit.” [littera/litteris] = in 

a letter and “in sched.” [scheda/schedis] = on a label. He also employed “Mscr.” [manuscript] and the Latin “an” 

[or] when suggesting an alternate taxonomic placement. These usages are not individually annotated below. The 

names of authors that were abbreviated in the catalog have been extended and emended in square brackets; such 

changes were not made within direct quotes. 

4. Cyclina chinensis Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 43. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. See number 7184 in this list. 

540a. Strombus papilio Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 96 ; 1874[V]: 141. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Strombus pipus (Röding, 1798). 

547. Ranella olivator Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 20; 1865[II]: 36; 1866[III]: 36; 1869[IV]: 95. In subgenus 

Apollon in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s work is non-binominal. This is Gyrineum natator (Röding, 1798). 

562a. Pleurotoma acuticarinata Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 20. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. 

569a. Oliva irisans Lmk. var. major [no author], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 21, Sd.I. [= Hawaii] Nomen nudum.—Oliva 

tigrina Reeve var., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 82, V.I. [= Fiji]. 

NOTE: There is no “Oliva major” and this may simply indicate large specimens. There is no Oliva tigrina 

Reeve; Reeve correctly attributed the name to Lamarck, 1811. Due to the different locations and the use of the 

term “var.” we do not speculate on the identity of the species involved. 

578. Strombus flosculosus Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 19; 1866[III]: 37; 1869[IV]: 97; 1874[V]: 142, 158. In 

1866 with “(floridus Lam.)” in synonymy and in 1869 with synonyms “Aporrhais gibberulus Meusch[en], 

Lamb. flammea Link [1807], Str. floridus Lam[arck, 1822].” Nomen nudum. 



NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. His flosculosus is Strombus mutabilis Swainson, 1821 fide Abbott 

(1960: 72–73). Link’s species was incorrectly placed in this synonymy by various authors as shown by Abbott. 

587. Murex scaber Chemnitz, Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21; 1865[II]: 22; 1866[III]: 34; 1869[IV]: 90; 1874[V]: 131, 155. 

In 1869 with synonyms “M. miliaris Gm., M. vitulinus Lam., M. purpura Desh.” The 1865 listing, and all after 

1866, placed in subgenus Vitularia. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This species is now Vitularia miliaris (Gmelin, 1791). 

589. Murex nigritus Mensh. [sic; = Meuschen], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21. Nomen nudum.—Murex radix Gm[elin], 

Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 22; 1866[III]: 34.—Murex nigrita Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 90; 1874[V]: 131. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s name is not available. The species was correctly listed in lists II and III as Murex radix 

Gmelin, 1791. 

590. Murex inflatus Lam[arck], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21.—Murex frondosus Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 22; 

1866[III]: 34; 1869[IV]: 89; 1874[V]: 130, 155, in subgenus Chicoreus in 1869 and 1874, with numerous 

synonyms. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. The earliest name for this species is Murex (Chicoreus) ramosus 

(Linnaeus, 1758) fide Vokes (1971). 

591. Murex capucinus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21; 1865[II]: 22; 1866[III]: 34; 1869[IV]: 89; 1874[V]: 130. 

In subgenus Pteronotus in 1869 and Chicoreus in 1874. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This name was made available as Murex capucinus Lamarck, 1822. 

595. Ricinula fenestrata [no author], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: In Catalogs [II]: 23 and [III]: 33 this number represented Ricinula cavernosa Reeve, 1846. There must 

have been some error in identification as Drupella fenestrata (Blainville, 1832) is in use and R. cavernosa is 

considered a synonym of Cronia ochrostoma (Blainville, 1832). 

596. Ricinula amoenum Phil[ippi?], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This name cannot be located. This name does not appear in the Catalogs again, but in Catalog [IV]: 85 

Number 596 is used for Ricinula (Sistrum) fiscellum Chem[nitz]. This was probably an error for number 597, 

q.v. 

597. Purpura (Sistrum) fiscellum Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21; 1865[II]: 23.—Sistrum fiscellum Chemn[itz], 

Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 33.—Ricinula (Sistrum) fiscellum Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 85; as number 596 in 

error.—Pentadactylus (Sistrum) fiscelluus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 121; as number 598 and on page 

153 as number 596, both in error. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This name was made available by Gmelin and is now Muricodrupa 

fiscella (Gmelin, 1791). 

598. See number 597 

601. Purpura grisea Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21. Nomen nudum.—Purpura exigua Dkr. [= 

Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 23; 1866[III]: 33; 1869[IV]: 85; 1874[V]: 123. Nomen nudum. In subgenus 

Thalessa in 1869 and Stramonita in 1874. 

NOTE: No description of either of these nomina has been located. In Catalog V Schmeltz listed “8839 Purpura 

grisea Bolt. [= Röding, 1798]” from Port Denison [Western Australia]. There was evidently some confusion as 

this Röding species is the amphi-Atlantic Stramonita haemastoma (Linnaeus, 1758). 

608. Nerita lineata [no author], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22; 1865[II]: 23.—Nerita lineata Born, Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 

38.—Nerita lineata (L.) Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99.—Nerita lineata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 

144. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. There is no “Nerita lineata Born”, Chemnitz’s name being made 

available as Nerita lineata Gmelin, 1791. According to Cernohorsky (1979: 42) that usage is preoccupied by 

N. lineata Mueller [= Müller], 1774 and the name for the species is Nerita balteata Reeve, 1855. 

610. Nerita chamaeleon Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22. Nomen nudum.—Nerita chamaeleon L., Schmeltz, 

1866[III]: 38.—Nerita stella Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Nerita chamaeleon Linnaeus, 1758 is in use. The other name used 

was made available as Nerita stella Dillwyn, 1817 and is according to Tryon (1888: 20) the same as N. 

chamaeleon Linnaeus, 1758. 

614a. Janthina exigua Lam. var. maxima [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 81; 1874[V]: 114. Genus as Ianthina in 

1874.—Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This varietal name was never made available. Possibly it was intended as a descriptive term. 

621. Trochus (Trochocochlea) carinata [no author], Schmeltz, 1864 [I]: 22. Nomen nudum.—Trochus zebra Wood, 

Schmeltz, 1865 (II): 24; 1866[III]: 38. 


BIELER & PETIT

NOTE: Trochus carinata Cantraine, 1835, treated by Tryon (1888: 252) is a Mediterranean species as is 

Trochus zebra Wood, 1828. As neither of the names can apply to an Australian species, the identification of 

number 621 is not possible. 

626. Turbo porphyritis [sic; = ...tes] Gmel[in], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22.—Turbo porphyrites Martyn, Schmeltz, 

1865[II]: 24; 1866[III]: 38.—Lunella porphyrites Martyn, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 100; 1874[V]: 158, in 1869 

with synonyms “T. complanatus Ch., T. versicolor Gm.” Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. His figure was named Turbo porphyrites Gmelin, 1791, now considered 

a synonym of Lunella cinerea (Born, 1778). 

630. Patella tramoserica Martyn, Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22; 1866[III]: 38; 1869[IV]: 103; 1874[V]: 149, 160. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. It was made available as Patella tramoserica Holten, 1802. 

632. Auricula judae Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 69; 1874[V]: 96. Nomen nudum.—As of Lam[arck] in 

1864[I]: 23.—Auricula auris judae L[innaeus], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 26; 1866[III]: 28. This is a case where 

Schmeltz reverted to a Chemnitz name when he had previously attributed it to Linnaeus. 

NOTE: This is Ellobium aurisjudae (Linnaeus, 1758). 

634. Aeolis lepadivora Gräffe nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23;1865[II]: 26; 1866[III]: 39; 1869[IV]: 105. In 1865 

with note “found floating on a Sepia cuttlebone” [translated herein]; not tagged as “n. sp.” after 1865. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: Placed in synonymy of Fiona pinnata (Eschscholtz, 1831) by Bergh (1873a: JMG, 1(2): 159 [87]). 

652. Clio pyramidata Browne?, Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24.—Cleodora pyramidata Browne, Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 27; 

1866[III]: 40; 1869[IV]: 106. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Browne’s [1756] work is pre-Linnaean. This is Clio pyramidalis Linnaeus, 1767. 

653. Stiliola [sic] annulata Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1865[II]: 27; 1869[IV]: 107. Not as “n. 

sp.” after 1864. Stiliola is an incorrect spelling of Styliola and was correctly rendered in the 1869 listing. 

Nomen nudum. 


654. Stiliola [sic] lata Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1865[II]: 27. Nomen nudum. 


656. Spondylus ducalis Cuv[ier], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24. Nomen nudum.—Spondylus ducalis Chemn[itz], 

Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 27; 1866[III]: 42, [IV]: 116; 1874[V]: 178. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Not of Cuvier. Chemnitz’s name is not available. His name was made available as Spondylus ducalis 

Röding, 1798. The earlier name Spondylus squamosus Schreibers, 1793 is used by those who consider 

Schreibers’s work to be binominal. 

660a. Malleus albus Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 115. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. It was made available as Malleus albus Lamarck, 1819. 

670. Pinna nigra Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 176. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. It was made available as P. nigra Dillwyn, 1817 which is considered 

by Huber (2010) to be a synonym of Atrina vexillum (Born, 1778). 

672. Pinna chemnitzii Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1865[II]: 27; 1866[III]: 42; 1869[IV]: 115; 1874[V]: 

176, 180. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Possibly an error for Pinna chemnitzii 

Hanley, 1858. 

676. Arca (Barbatia) grayana Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24. Nomen nudum.—Arca grayana 

Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 41. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Barbatia grayana Dunker, 1867. 

682. Modiola plumescens Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25; 1865 [II]: 28; 1866[III]: 42.—Perna 

(Modiola) plumescens Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 180. Nomen nudum. Not as “n. sp.” after 1864. 

NOTE: = Modiola tumescens Clessin, 1888. See Taxa Note 2. 

684. Chama macrophyllum [sic] Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25. Nomen nudum.—Chama macrophylla [sic] 

Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 28; 1866[III]: 41; 1869[IV]: 172. Nomen nudum. All localities listed are 

southern Pacific. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The earliest name for his figures is Chama macerophylla Gmelin, 

1791. As Gmelin’s species is western Atlantic, it cannot be the species Schmeltz had in hand. The Godeffroy 

species must remain unidentified. 

685. Tridacna squamosa Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864 [I]: 25. Nomen nudum.—Tridacna squamosa Lam[arck], 

Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 28. 



NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. See next entry (number 686). 

686. Tridacna croceus Lst. [= Lister], Schmeltz, 1864 [I]: 25. Nomen nudum.—Tridacna crocea Lam[arck], 

Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 28; 1866 [III]: 41.—Tridacna scapha Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 113, with T. 

crocea Lam. in synonymy.—Chametrachaea scapha Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 172. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Lister’s work is pre-Linnaean and use of his name was an obvious error. Meuschen’s name is not 

available and his species is Tridacna squamosa Lamarck, 1819 fide Rosewater (1965), who treated Tridacna 

crocea Lamarck, 1819 as a separate species. 

687. Cardium (Trachycardium) vimineum Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68, with ‘C. elongatum Brug.?’ in 

synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available and his species is said to have been from China. Hylleberg (2004: 831) 

does not attempt to place this species, stating that it is insufficiently known. 

711. Venus inscripta Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25. Nomen nudum.—Meretrix lusoria Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 

1869[IV]: 110; 1874[V]: 168. In 1969 with synonyms “Card. insriptum [sic] Martyn, Card. virgulatum 

Martyn, V. japonica Bolt., Cyth. meretrix Lam.” Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s and Chemnitz’s names are not available. This is Meretrix lusoria (Röding, 1798). 

890. See number 990. 

962. Cassidula sulculosa Mss. [= Mousson] var. major, Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No record of this variety has been located. 

963. Pythia pantherina Ad. [= A. Adams, 1851], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1866[III]: 28.—Pythia pantherina Ad. [= 

A. Adams] var. uveana Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii, 26. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Pythia pantherina A. Adams var. uveana Mousson, 1865: 177. See next entry. 

963. Pythia savayensis [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68, with footnote reference to “P. pantheria 

Ad. Cat. I–III”. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Pythia savaiensis Mousson, 1869: 345. Number 963 used for two different (or misidentified) species? 

968. Solarium perspectiviunculum (Trochus) Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum.—Torinia 

variegata Lam[arck], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 114, with S. perspectiviunculum Ch[emnitz] in synonymy. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Although it was made available by Dillwyn (1817), the correct name 

for the species is Heliacus variegatus (Gmelin, 1791). 

974. Amalthea rugulosa Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Amalthea rugulosa Dunker, 1871 : 151. 

977. Narica vanicora [no author], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 18. Nomen nudum.—Narica vanicoro Q. & G. [= Quoy & 

Gaimard], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 19. Nomen nudum.—Vanikoro vanicoro Q. & G., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76. 

Nomen nudum.—Vanikoro vanikoro Q. & G. Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 106. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Identification of this species is not possible as there is no species vanicora, vanicoro, or vanikoro in this 

genus or associated genera. Quoy & Gaimard used Vanikoro as a vernacular name later given genus status by 

the I.C.Z.N. in Opinion 1009 as of Quoy & Gaimard, 1832. Identification can be made only if a museum 

specimen with the Godeffroy label is found. See number 6880 for the type species of Vanikoro. 

978. Strombus laciniatus Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: In subsequent Catalogs this species was number 979, q.v. 

979. Strombus laciniatus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 96; 1874[V]: 141. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The earliest available name for the species is Strombus sinuatus 

(Lightfoot, 1786). See number 978. 

981. Pterocera radix bryon. Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 20, with “truncata Lam.” in synonymy.—Pteroceras 

radix bryoniae Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 36, with “truncata Lam.” in synonymy.—Pteroceras 

(Harpago) radix bryoniae Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 97, with synonyms “Pt. truncata Lam.” and “S. 

bryoniae Gm.”.—Harpago radix bryoniae Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 141, 157 with “Pt. truncata Lam.” 

in synonymy on page 141. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The earliest available name for the species is Lambis truncata 

[Lightfoot, 1786]. 

982. Dolium lactescens Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 20, with “(costatum Desh.)” in synonymy.—Dolium 

lactescens Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 95; 1874[V]: 140. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Tonna allium (Dillwyn, 1817). 

986. Ranella (Lampas) bufo Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 95. Nomen nudum—Bursa (Ranella) bufo 

Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 139, 157. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Bursa bufonaria (Gmelin, 1791). 

990. Tritonium (Gutternium) nodulum Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 95; 1874[V]: 140, 157 (as number 890 on 


BIELER & PETIT

page 157 in error), with synonyms “T. tuberosum Lam., Distorsio muricina Bolt., M. ranula Meusch.” in 1869. 

Nomen nudum. –Tritonium tuberosum Lam[arck], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 20. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. Tritonium tuberosum Lamarck, 1822, although correct, is not the 

earliest available name; it and D. muricina Bolt. [= Röding] are both now placed in the synonymy of Cymatium 

muricinum (Röding, 1798). Also in that synonymy is Triton nodulus Link which was based on Martini’s figure. 

1014. Conus vexillum Martini, Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 19; 1866[III]: 35; 1869[IV]: 92; 1874[V]: 135, 155. Nomen 

nudum. In subgenus Rhizoconus in 1869 and 1874. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. This is Conus vexillum Gmelin, 1791. 

1016. Conus godeffroyi Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 19. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. The name for species number 1016 in Catalog [III]: 35 

is Conus distans Hw[ass, 1792]. 

1024. Conus lividus Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 19. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. In Catalog III and later issues this species was correctly listed as 

Conus lividus Hwass, 1792. 

1034. Oliva emicator Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 82; 1874[V]: 117, 152; with a list of seven synonyms in 

Catalog IV. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s name is not available. The first available name for this species is Oliva annulata (Gmelin, 

1791), one of the synonyms listed in Catalog IV. 

1034a. Dactylus porphyreticus Mart[ini] var., Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 105. Nomen nudum. 

Note: See number 1871. 

1036. Mitra papalis Lmk. [= Lamarck], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 20.—Mitra papalis L[innaeus], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 21; 

1866[III]: 32.—Mitra cincta Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 83; 1874[V]:117, with “M. pontificalis Lam.”, 

“M. episcopalis minor Ch.” and “M. coronata Sch.” as synonyms.—Mitra cincta Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 

1874[V]: 153. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s name is not available. = Mitra papalis (Linnaeus, 1758). 

1037. Mitra cardinalis Gronob. [= Gronovius], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 20. Nomen nudum.—Mitra cardinalis 

Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 21; 1866[III]: 32; 1874[V]: 153; 1869[IV]: 83; (with “M. vermiculosa 

Martyn” in synonymy in 1869). Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Gronovius’s and Meuschen’s names are not available. = Mitra cardinalis (Gmelin, 1791). 

1039. Mitra (Chrysame) cucumerina Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 136. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. This species properly attributed to Lamarck, 1811 in earlier and later 

Catalogs. 

1040. Mitra (Nebularia) digitalis Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 83; 1874[V]: 153. Nomen nudum.—Mitra 

milleporus Lmk. [= Lamarck], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 20; 1865[II]: 21;1866[III]: 32. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Mitra imperialis 

Röding, 1798. 

1041. Mitra filaris L[innaeus] var. nexilis Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 86. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Mitra nexilis Lamarck, 1811, now considered [e.g., Cernohorsky 

(1991: 90)] a synonym of Cancilla filaris (Linnaeus, 1771). This variety was listed as number 9679 in 

1874[V]: 118. In 1869[IV]: 83 the variety nexilis was listed under number 1038 as a synonym of M. filaris. 

1044. Mitra exasperata Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 20; 1866[III]: 32.—Turricula (Costellaria) exasperata 

Ch[emnitz, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 84; 1874[V]: 119. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Vexillum exasperatum (Gmelin, 1791). A Corrrigenda in 1874[V]: 

210 added “M. arenosa Lam.” as a synonym. 

1048a. Engina mendicaria Lam. var. unifasciata [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This was not intended for Columbella unifasciata G. B. Sowerby I, 1832 as it is number 5891 in Catalog 

[V]: 126. Identity cannot be determined. 

1054. Fasciolaria filamentosa Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 22; 1866[III]: 34 ; 1869[IV]: 87 ; 1874[V]: 119, 


NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Fasciolaria filamentosa (Röding, 1798). 

1056. Turbinella spinosa Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 20; 1865[II]: 23; 1866[III]: 34. Nomen nudum.—Peristernia 

spinosa Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88; 1877[VI]: 106. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. His name placed in synonymy of Peristernia columbarium (Gmelin, 

1791) by Cernohorsky (1972: 159–160). 

1064. Nassa velicata Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 22; 1866[III]: 33.—Nassa vellicata [sic] Meusch[en], 

Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 86; 1874[V]: 123, 159; with N. rumphi Deshayes as a synonym in 1865 and 1869. Nomen 



nudum. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s name is not available. His species and Nassa rumphi Deshayes, 1844 are not conspecific, 

the latter being restricted to the western Indian Ocean. The species in question is probably Nassarius gaudiosa 

(Hinds, 1844b). 

1066. Purpura armigera Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 20; 1865[II]: 23; 1866[III]: 33; 1869[IV]: 85, 137; 

1874[V]: 122, 154. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. His name was made available and is now Reishia armigera (Link, 

1807). 

1067a. Murex tribulus L[innaeus]. Lam[marck] var. major [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 89. Nomen nudum. 

1068. Jopas sertum Martini, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 137. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. Correctly attributed to Bruguière in other Catalogs. = Nassa serta 

(Bruguière, 1789). 

1074. Ricinula globosa Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 23; 1866[III]: 33; 1869[IV]: 84; in 1869 with synonyms “R. 

horrida Lam., Drupa morum Bolt., Murex neritoideus”.—Pendactylus globosus Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 


NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Drupa morum Röding, 1798. 

1075. Harpa nobilis Rumph[ius], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21. Nomen nudum.—Harpa nobilis Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 

1865[II]: 23; 1866[III]: 31; 1869[IV]: 82; 1874[V]: 116. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Rumphius is pre-Linnaean and Martini’s name is not available. Rumphius’s figure was referenced in the 

description of Harpa harpa (Linnaeus, 1758). 

1076. Harpa nablium Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21; 1865[II]: 23; 1866[III]: 32; 1869[IV]: 82; 1874[V]: 116; 

1877[VI]: 105, with “articularis Lam.” in synonymy in 1865 and with three names in synonymy in 1869. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. It is assumed that Schmeltz’s synonymy is correct and this is Harpa 

articularis Lamarck, 1822. 

1076a. Harpa major Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 82; 1874[V]: 116, 152, with H. conoidalis Lam. in synonymy. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. This is Harpa major Röding, 1798. 

1078. Pyramidella punctata Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21; 1865[II]: 23. Nomen nudum. Obeliscus punctatus 

Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78; 1874[V]: 108, 151. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The name is available from the 13th volume of “Martini-Chemnitz” 

where it was introduced as Pyramidella punctata Schubert & Wagner, 1829. 

1079. Nerita (Pila) maxima Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99; 1874[V]: 158, with (1869: 99) footnote that it is 

Nerita chrysostoma Recl[uz] of Catalog III. Nomen nudum.—Nerita chrysostoma Recl[uz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 

22; 1865[II]: 23; 1866[III]: 37. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. His name was made available as Nerita maxima Gmelin, 1791. It was 

considered by Tryon (1888) to be separable from N. chrysostoma Récluz, 1841. 

1085. Delphinula atrata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22; 1865[II]: 24; 1866[III]: 38. Nomen nudum.—Delphinula 

(Angaria Bolt.) atrata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 102 ; 1879[VII] : 88. Nomen nudum.—Angaria atrata 

Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 148. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This species is Angaria delphinus (Linnaeus, 1758). 

1086. Turbo crassus [no author], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22; 1865[II]: 24.—Turbo crassus Sow[erby], Schmeltz, 

1866[III]: 38.—Senectus crassus Gray, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 100 ; 1874[V]: 145. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This name was not introduced by any of the Sowerbys or by Gray. It is an apparent lapsus for Turbo 

crassus Wood, 1828. 

1086a. Fissurella fornicata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 149. Nomen nudum. 


1088a. Senectus chrysostomus L. var. mutica [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 100; 1874[V]: 144, 158. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this variety has been located. 

1090. Haliotis ovina Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22 ; 1865[II]: 24 ; 1866[III]: 38.—Padollus ovinus 

Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]:102 ; 1874[V]: 159. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Haliotis ovina Gmelin, 1791. 

1097. Dolabella scapula Martyn, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 162, 163; with “D. rumphii Cuv. “ in synonymy on page 162. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Dolabella auricularia [Lightfoot, 1786]. 


BIELER & PETIT

1110. Haminea subrufa Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1869[IV]: 104. Nomen nudum. Not as 

“nov. sp.” in 1869. 


1111. Hydatina virgata Martyn, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 104; 1874[V]: 161, 162; with synonyms “B. physis Q. & G.” 

and “B. quoyana d’Orb.” in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Hydatina physis (Linnaeus, 1758). 

1112. Stomatella godeffroyi Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 38; 1869[IV]: 102. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: ?= Stomatella mariei Crosse, 1871 fide Pilsbry (1891a: 71). 

1113. Terebratula sanguinea Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1865[II]: 27; 1866[III]: 42. 

NOTE: Although listed among the Mollusca by Schmeltz, this is a brachiopod, Terebratula sanguinea (Leach, 

1814). 

1114. Ostrea hyotis Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1865[II]: 27; 1866[III]: 42; 1869[IV]: 116; 1874[V]: 178. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Hyotissa hyotis (Linnaeus, 1758). 

1116a. Pecten schmeltzii Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 116; 1874[V]: 177. Not as “n. sp.” in 1874. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Described as Pecten schmeltzii Kobelt in Küster & Kobelt, 1888, ex Dunker MS, a junior subjective 

synonym of Pascahinnites coruscans (Hinds, 1845), see Dijkstra & Köhler (2008: 41). See number 9381. 

1117. Mactra adspersa [no author], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 26. Nomen nudum.—Mactra achatina Chemn[itz], 

Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 29; 1866[III]: 29.—Trigonella achatina Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 108, with 

synonyms “Mactra adspersa Dkr. [= Dunker], M. maculosa Lam., M. maculata Hanl.” Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This name was made available as Mactra achatina Holten, 1802. 

1119. Lima fragilis Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24, 1865[II]: 27; 1866[III]: 42; 1869[IV]: 116; 1874[V]: 180. In 

subgenus Mantellum after 1866. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Limaria fragilis (Gmelin, 1791). 

1120. Avicula longicanda [sic] Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1866[III]: 42. Not as “n. sp.” in 


NOTE: No record of this name ever having been made available has been located. Unless a specimen with a 

Godeffroy label can be located, it must remain unidentified. 

1120. Pinna (Atrina) saccata L[innaeus], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 176. 

NOTE: number evidently used twice in error. 

1121. Perna acutirostris Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1865[II]: 27; 1866[III]: 42; 1869[IV]: 

115. Not as “n. sp.” after 1864. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Listed in the extensive synonymy of 

Isognomon isognomon (Linnaeus, 1758) by Fischer-Piette (1976: 15) with reference only to Schmeltz, 1869. 

Dunker’s name made available as Isognomon acutirostris Otuka, 1936 (G. Rosenberg, pers. comm.). 

1124. Arca scapha Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24. Nomen nudum.—Anomalocardia scapha Chemn[itz], 

Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 114; 1874[V]: 174, 180. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The species is Arca antiquata Linnaeus, 1758. 

1127. Arca lactea List[er], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1865[II]: 27; 1866[III]: 42. Nomen nudum.—Arca umbonata 

Lam[arck], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 114. 

NOTE: Lister’s work is pre-Linnaean and Arca umbonata Lamarck is from the western Atlantic. Arca lactea 

Lamarck, 1819 is based on Lister’s figure but it is an eastern Atlantic species. Correct identification of 

Schmeltz’s material, from Samoa and Fiji, cannot be determined. 

1128. Arca (Barbatia) mollis Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24; 1866[III]: 42. Not as “n. sp.” in 1866 

or in a subgenus. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Barbatia mollis Dunker, 1867 [in 1858–1878]. 

1130. Modiola multistriata Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25; 1865[II]: 28. Not as “n. sp.” in 1865. 

Nomen nudum.—Crenella multistriata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 42; 1869[IV]: 114; 1874[V]: 


NOTE: No use of this name by Dunker has been located. Number 1130 was listed by Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 89 

as Anapa triquetra Hanley, which must be considered an error. 

1132. Tridacna elongata Gualt[ieri], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Gualtieri’s name is not available. Name is correctly attributed to Lamarck, 1819 in later Catalogs. 

1137. Lucina squamosa [no author], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25. Nomen nudum.—Lucina fibula Reeve, Schmeltz, 

1869[IV]: 113.—Lucina ramulosa Gld. [= Gould], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 172, with “L. fibula Rv.” and “L. 



divergens Phil.?” in synonymy. 

NOTE: Lucina ramulosa Gould, 1850 appears to be the species intended by Schmeltz. Gould’s species has been 

recently treated by Glover & Taylor (2007: 134) as a synonym of Ctena bella (Conrad, 1837). 

1138. Lucina globosa [no author], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25. Nomen nudum.—Lucina ovum Reeve, Schmeltz, 

1865[II]: 28; 1866[III]: 41.– Loripes ovum Reeve, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 113. 

NOTE: Treated as Anodontia ovum (Reeve, 1850) by Glover & Taylor (2007: 112). 

1144. Tellina costulata Dkr. [= Dunker] nov. sp., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25; 1866[III]: 40; 1869[IV]: 108. Not as “n. 

sp.” after 1864; in subgenus Tellinella in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Not of Goldfuss, 1840. 

1146. Donax (Latona) faba Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 25;1865[II]: 28 ; 1866[III]: 40 ; 1869[IV]: 108. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Donax (Latona) faba (Gmelin, 1791). 

1315a. Navicella pala var. profunda Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37; 1869[IV]: 97 ; 1874[V]: 143. In 

genus Catillus in 1874. Nomen nudum. 


1317. Omphalotropis zebriolatus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 17; 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Omphalotropis zebriolatus Mousson, 1865. 

1318. Omphalotropis parvus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 17. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Omphalotropis parva Mousson, 1865: 199. See other number 1318 below. 

1318. Hydroceana [sic; = Hydrocena] parvula Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Hydrocena parvula Mousson, 1865: described from Upolu with the comment that Graeffe had 

considered it to be an Omphalotropis. It appears that Schmeltz used the same number for two species, one from 

Samoa and one from Fiji. See other number 1318 above. 

1319. Omphalotropis ovatus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Omphalotropis ovata Mousson, 1865. 

1320. Omphalotropis perforatus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 17; 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Omphalotropis perforata Mousson, 1865. 

1321. Ampullacera maculata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 17; 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Ampullacera maculata Mousson 1865. 

1323a. Melania assavaensis Mss. [= Mousson] var. desulcata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania asavaensis [sic] var. desulcata Mousson, 1870b. 

1325. Melania tuberculata Müll[er]. var. assavaensis Mess. [sic; = Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii, 18. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania tuberculata Müller var. assavaensis Mousson, 1865. Listed correctly in 1866[III]: 31 and 

1869[IV]: 78. Listed in 1864[I]: 17 as Melania virgulata Fér[ussac], a name often (e.g., Brot 1870) placed in 

the synonymy of M. tuberculata. 

1327. Melania davulus [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 17. Nomen nudum.—Melania clavulus Mess. 

[sic; = Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania clavulus Mousson, 1865. Listed with correct spelling in 1866[III]: 31 and 1869[IV]: 79. 

1328. Melania graeffei Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864 [I]: 17. Nomen nudum.—Melania lutosa Gld. [= 

Gould]?, Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii, 18.—Melania gräffei [sic] Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.?), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 


NOTE: = Melania lutosa graeffei Mousson, 1869. 

1328a. Melania plicatilis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania plicatilis Mousson, 1870b. 

1349. Truncatella rustica Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 17; 1865 [II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Truncatella rustica Mousson, 1865. 

1352. Helicina vitiensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 21; 1865 [II]: 23. Nomen nudum 

NOTE: = Helicina vitiensis Mousson, 1865. Listed as Helicina musiva Gld. var. vitiana Mss. [= Mousson], 

Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Note the difference in spelling in 1869. Also listed by Mousson (1870b: 202) as H. 

musiva var. vitiana [sic]. 

1353. Helicina pallida Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of Helicina pallida Mousson has been located. There is one of Gould, 1847 from Fiji and 

one of Pfeiffer, 1848 from Tahiti. We have been unable to determine which, if either, was intended by Schmeltz. 

1354a. Helicina beryllina Gld. [= Gould] var. zonata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74; 1874[V]: 98, 


BIELER & PETIT


NOTE: Listed by Cowie (1998: 22) with reference only to its listing in Paetel (1890: 492) where it is a nomen 

nudum. Cowie listed three earlier uses of this name by other authors but none are for Samoan shells. 

1356a. Navicella schmeltziana Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37; 1869[IV]: 98. Not as “n. sp.” in 


NOTE: = Navicella schmeltziana Mousson, 1870b. 

1357. Neritina canalis Sow[erby], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22.—Neritina pulligera var. subcanalis Mss. [= Mousson], 

Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii, 24. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Neritina pulligera Linnaeus, 1767 var. subcanalis Mousson, 1865. 

1357a. Neritina frondosa Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Neritina frondosa Mousson, 1870b. 

1358. Neritina dubia Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22. Nomen nudum.—Neritina sandalina Recl[uz], Schmeltz, 

1865[II]: 24.—Neritina helvola Gld. [= Gould], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37; 1869[IV]: 98.—Neritella helvola 

Gld. [= Gould], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 144. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Neritina sandalina Récluz, 1842 and N. helvola Gould, 1847 are both 

available. 

1358a. Neritina turrita Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37. Nomen nudum.—Neritina turrita 

Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Neritina turrita (Gmelin, 1791). 

1359. Neritina lugubris Lam[arck], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 22.—Neritina vitiensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 

1865[II]: iii, 24. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Neritina vitiensis Mousson, 1865: 204. Later listed as Neritina vitiensis Mss. [= Mousson] “(an 

chrysocolla Gld. ?)”, Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37. In 1869 Schmeltz listed 1359 and added 1359a, the first 

considered to be restricted to N. chrysocolla Gould, 1847 and the latter to the variety vitiensis although both 

appear to be for the variety. Mousson (1870b: 218) listed his vitiensis as a variety of chrysocolla. 

1359a. Neritina (Neritina) chrysocolla Gld. var. vitiensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98. 

NOTE: See number 1359 above. 

1365. Nanina upolensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1865[II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina upolensis Mousson, 1865. 

1366. Nanina unisulcata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1865[II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina unisulcata Mousson, 1865. 

1367. Nanina samoensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina samoensis Mousson, 1865. 

1367a. Nanina difficilis Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.?), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 29. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Listed by Cowie (1998: 71) as incertae sedis and nomen nudum. 

1368. Nanina fiemastyla [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1865[II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina firmostyla Mousson, 1865: 166. Considered incertae sedis by Baker (1941: 335). 

1370. Zonitas [sic] vitiensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864 [I]: 23. Nomen nudum.—Zonites vitiensis Mss. [= 

Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina vitiensis Mousson 1865. 

1371. Patula histricelloides [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1865[II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Patula hystricelloides Mousson 1865. 

1374. Helix subtrochiformis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 73. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Trochomorpha subtrochiformis Mousson, 1869: 335. Listed as H. eurydice Gould in Catalogs I–III. 

1378. Partula canalis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1865 [II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Partula canalis Mousson, 1865. 

1379. Partula upolensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864 [I]: 23. Nomen nudum.—Partula conica Gld. [= 

Gould] (upolensis Mss. [= Mousson]), Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii, 25. 

NOTE: Partula conica Gould, 1847 treated by Mousson, 1865: 171, with no mention of P. upolensis. Garrett 

(1887c: 134) placed P. upolensis “Mousson” Schmeltz, [1864] in synonymy of P. conica. The name P. 

upolensis was never made available. 

1381. Partula lirata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1865[II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Partula lirata Mousson, 1865. 

1382. Stenogyra juncea Gld. [= Gould], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23.—Stenogyria [sic] upolensis Mss. [= Mousson], 

Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii. Nomen nudum.—Stenogyra upolenais [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 25. 

NOTE: = Stenogyra upolensis Mousson, 1865. See next entry. 



1383. Stenogyra juncea Gld. [= Gould] var., Schmeltz, 1864 [I]: 23.—Stenogyra upolenais [sic] var. Mss. [= 

Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

Note: In 1866[III]: 29, S. upolensis Mss. [= Mousson] was listed for number 1382. In 1869[IV]: 70 the name 

listed for that number was S. juncea Gld. with a wide range of localities. In 1874[V]: 90 it was listed as 

Stenogyra juncea Gld. with S. upolensis Mss. [= Mousson] in synonymy and the locality as Südsee-Inseln 

[South Sea Islands]. The number 1383 was never used after 1864[I]. Mousson compared his species with 

Bulimus (Stenogyra) junceus Gould, 1846. Both S. juncea (Gould) and S. upolensis Mousson were placed in 

synonymy of S. tuckeri (Pfeiffer, 1846a) by Garrett (1884). 

1384. Physa sublata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23; 1874[V]: 96. Nomen nudum.—Physa sinuata Gld. 

[= Gould], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii (in a list of corrections to Catalog I). Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of Physa sublata Mousson has been located. There is no indication of the reason 

Schmeltz reversed his synonymy. Physa sinuata Gould, 1847 was treated by Mousson (1865: 171) with no 

mention of P. sublata. 

1384a. Physa parvula Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28; 1869[IV]: 69. Nomen nudum. 


1385. Pupa samoensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 23. Nomen nudum.—Pupa pediculus Shuttl[eworth] 

var. samoensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii, 26. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Pupa pediculus Shuttleworth, 1852 var. samoensis Mousson, 1865. 

1387. Batissa tenebrosa var., Schmeltz, 1864[I]: 24.– Batissa tenebrosa H[in]ds var. elongata Mss. [= Mousson], 

Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii. Nomen nudum.—Batissa tenebrosa H[in]ds var. parallela Mss. [= Mousson], 

Schmeltz, 1865[II]: iii. Nomen nudum.—Batissa tenebrosa Ad. [sic; = Hinds] var. paralella [sic] Mss. [= 

Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 27. Nomen nudum. 

Note: = Batissa tenebrosa Hinds, 1842 var. parallela Mousson, 1865. There is no mention of elongata by 

Mousson but the prior Batissa elongata Prime, 1860 probably came to Mousson’s attention. 

1392a. Mamma fuscata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77; 1874[V]: 107, with “N. brunnea Lk.” and “N. 

mamillaris Lam.” in synonymy in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. A Chemnitz figure was named Natica fuscata Link, 1807. It has not 

been determined if it is the Godeffroy species. 

1393a. Cookia sulcata Martyn, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 100, with “Trochus cookii Gml.” in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. This is Cookia cookii (Gmelin, 1791). 

1522. Boltenia pedunculata ? [no author], Schmeltz, 1864 [I]: 26. 

NOTE: Listed at the end of the Gastropoda, this, and the succeeding species (numbers 718–733), are not 

mollusks but are members of the Tunicata. Also listed under Mollusca in 1865[II]: 29 and 1866[III]: 43, after 

which they are placed in a separate section. 

1529a. Diloma nigerrimum Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 101; Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 147, 159; with “Tr. 

araucanus d’Orb.” in synonymy in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Monodonta nigerrima Gmelin, 1791. 

1536. Venus seelandica Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 29; 1866[III]: 41. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. No record has been found that would permit identification of this 

species. 

1572. Ricinula (Morula) rudis Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 23. Nomen nudum.—Morula rudis Dkr. [= 

Dunker], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 33. Nomen nudum. 


1574a. Onchidium tumidum Semp[er], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 86. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Onchidium tumidum Semper, 1880. 

1604. Turbinella prismatica Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 22; 1866[III]: 34; 1869[IV]: 88. –Peristernia prismatica 

Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 155. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. The earliest name for this species is Latirus irus [Lightfoot, 1786] fide 

Rehder (1967: 7). 

1606. Ricinula (Sistrum) alba Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 85, with synonyms “R. morus Lam., Drupa uva 

Bolt.” Nomen nudum.—Pentadactylus albus Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 121, 153. Nomen nudum. Earlier 

listed as Ricinula morus Lam[arck], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 23; 1866[III]: 33 (as Morula in 1866). 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Morula uva (Röding, 

1798). 

1641. Navicella haustrum Reeve var. fissa Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 97. Nomen nudum. Listed as N. 

affinis Reeve in Catalog III. 


BIELER & PETIT

NOTE: = Navicella haustrum Reeve, 1856 var. fissa Mousson, 1869. 

1736. Partula faba Martyn, Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 29; 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Partula faba (Gmelin, 1791). 

1747. Achatinella colorata Reeve var. senistra [no author; error for sinistra?], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 25; 1866[III]: 


NOTE: No record has been located of this variety being described. Probably used to indicate sinistral specimens 

of A. colorata Reeve, 1850. 

1758. Achatinella splendida Newc[omb] var. dextra [no author], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 25; 1866[III]: 29. 

NOTE: No record has been located of this variety being described. Almost certainly used simply to indicate 

dextral specimens of A. splendida Newcomb, 1853 which occurs as both dextral and sinistral morphs. 

1763. Cyclophorus upolensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Cyclophorus upolensis Mousson, 1865. 

1764. Omphalotropis bifilaris Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Omphalotropis bifilaris Mousson, 1865. 

1764a. Omphalotropis angulata Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 30. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. Listed by Cowie (1998: 81) as incertae 

sedis and attributed to Schmeltz, 1866. 

1765. Helicina plicatilis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 23. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Helicina plicatilis Mousson, 1865. 

1766. Neritina humerosa Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 24. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Neritina humerosa Mousson, 1865: 188. Placed in synonymy of Corona ruginosa (Récluz, 1841) by 

Mousson, 1869. 

1766a. Neritina humerosa Mss. [= Mousson] var. inermis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37. Nomen 

nudum.—Clithon ruginosus Recl. var. inermis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99 ; 1874[V]: 143. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of the variety inermis by Mousson has been located. 

1767. Nanina schmeltzana [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 25. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina schmeltziana Mousson, 1865. 

1770a. Melampus semisulcatus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melampus semisulcatus Mousson, 1869. 

1771. Pupa problematica Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 26. Nomen nudum.—Moussonia typica O. 

Semper (previously Pupa problematica Mss. [= Mousson], according to footnote), 1866[III]: 30. 

NOTE: = Pupa problematica Mousson, 1865: 176. Moussonia typica Semper, 1865 was introduced as a 

synonym of P. problematica Mousson, 1865. Although introduced in synonymy it was later made available by 

Garrett (1887: 146). The senior synonym is P. problematica Mousson, 1865, the type species of Moussonia 

Semper, 1865. 

1776. Rissoina semiplicata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 18; 1866[III]: 30; 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Possibly an error for Rissoina semiplicata 

Pease (1863a: 242) described from Howland Island? 

1777. Defrancia rosea Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 19; 1866[III]: 32. Nomen nudum. 


1778a. Triforis granulifera Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum. 


1779. Rissoina striolata Risso, Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 30; 1869[IV]: 75.—Rissoina pusilla Brocchi, Schmeltz, 

1874[V]: 104, with R. striolata Risso in synonymy. 

NOTE: This synonymy was repeated by Weinkauff (1880: 26) who also included in the synonymy Rissoina 

cincta Dunker (see 3304a of this list). Weinkauff, in error, attributed the Catalog IV listing of R. striolata to 

Dunker. 

1780. Rissoina mirabilis Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 18; 1866[III]: 30; 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen 

nudum.—Isselia mirabilis Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 110. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Rissoina (Isseliella) mirabilis Weinkauff, 1881. For the genus Isselia, see Taxa Notes 3. 

1781. Bittium dunkeri Nobis, Schmeltz 1874[V]: 112, with synonym “B. gibberulum C.B. Ad. Mus. God. Cat. IV 

[p.80].” Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This is a new name for a listing only and is a nomen nudum. On page 113 [number 6816] there is 

Bittium dunkeri Nob. var. lineata with no references. 

1782. [sic; = number 1784, q.v.] Bittium lineatum Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 19. Nomen nudum. 



1782. Rissoina cerithiformis Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 18. Nomen nudum.—Rissoina cerithiiformis 

Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 30; Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. The spellings cerithiformis and 

cerithiiformis are as published. In Catalog 1874[V]: 103 R. cerithiiformis appears under R. erythraea Philippi 

[1851]. See Taxa Notes 3 for identification of Rissoina in this Catalog. Schmeltz’s placement was repeated by 

Weinkauff (1880: 39). Ponder (1985: 84) listed Rissoa cerithiiformis Dunker, 1887 as a nomen nudum but 

without a reference. This is certainly an error for Rissoina cerithiiformis Tryon, 1887. Tryon made the name 

available (1887: 384) but attributed it to Dunker. 

1783. Bittium multigranosum Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 19; 1869[IV]: 80. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. A specimen in the Academy of Natural Sciences (ANSP 

17959) is labeled B. multigranosum Desh[ayes] from Upolu but no introduction of the name by Deshayes has 

been found. This name appears on a number of data bases based on its use in lists and in the ANSP. 

1784. Bittium lineatum Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]:19 [as number 1782]; 1866[III]:32; 1869[IV]:80 ; 

1874[V]: 112. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. = Cerithium lineatum Tryon, 1887: 143, pl. 

27, figs. 27, 28 (ex Dunker). Tryon did not give a page or plate reference to Dunker but he figured two 

specimens and made the name available. There are four specimens in ANSP 17730, which have been 

examined by Gary Rosenberg who advises that they were considered “problematic lots” and that the label is 

simply “C. lineatum Dunker. Viti Islands.” There is another lot, ANSP 17729, labeled “B. lineatum, Dkr. 

Godeffroy Exp. Samoan Isles”. Rosenberg does not consider these to be type material as Tryon did not 

mention a locality. 

Cerithium lineatum Tryon is preoccupied by Lamarck, 1822 and was renamed Cerithium sergentum 

Jousseaume, 1931: 284. Treated in detail by Ladd (1972: 30–31) as Bittium sergentum (Jousseaume). 

1790. Melampus angustus Mss. [= Mousson] (nov. sp.?), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28; 1869[IV]: 68. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of M. adamsianus Pfeiffer, 1854 

[sic; =1855] by Garrett (1887d: 288). 

1791. Defrancia corrugata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 19; 1866[III]: 32; 1869[IV]: 90. In subgenus 

Clathurella in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Clathurella corrugata Dunker, 1871. 

1792. Columbella philippiana Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 22; 1866[III]: 34; 1869[IV]: 88 ; 1874[V]: 

126. In subgenus Mitrella in 1869 and 1874. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. ANSP 16840 is labeled Columbella philippiana 

Dunker. This nude name appears in a number of data bases. 

1793. Murex (Ocenebra) nanus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 22. Nomen nudum.—Ocenebra nanus Dkr. [= 

Dunker], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 34. Nomen nudum.—Murex (Ocinebra) nanus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 

1869[IV]: 90. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Not Murex nanus Anton, 1838. 

1796. Aricia scurra Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 93, with “Cyp. amarata Meusch., C. indica Gm” in 


NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Cypraea scurra Gmelin, 1791. 

1802. Purpura scabra Dkr[= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 33. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. There are two uses of Purpura scabra in the literature, 

neither of which fits comfortably with the surrounding species on page 33 in Catalog IV: Purpura scabra Link, 

1807 [listed with a query as a juvenile Murex trunculus Linnaeus, 1758 by Tomlin & Winckworth (1936: 43)] 

and Purpura scabra Schumacher, 1817 [placed in synonymy of Vitularia miliaris (Gmelin, 1791) by Vokes 

(1971: 95)]. 

1804. Turricula (Pusia) spadicea Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 84; 1874[V]: 119. As “n. sp.” only in 


NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Schmeltz’s listing placed in synonymy of 

Mitra peregra Reeve, 1844 by Garrett (1880: 23). The name Mitra spadicea G. B. Sowerby II, 1874 was made 

available when Sowerby figured the species and attributed the name to Dunker without a reference. It may or 

may not be the same as M. peregra Reeve. This species appeared earlier in Schmeltz (1866[III]: 33) as Mitra 

coriacea Reeve [1845], a misidentification fide Garrett (1880: 23). 

1807. Columbella parvula Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 22; 1866[III]: 34; 1869[IV]: 88; 1874[V]: 126. In 

subgenus Nitidella in 1869 and 1874. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: As this species is from the Samoa–Fiji area, it cannot be the Atlantic Buccinum parvulum Dunker, 1847: 


BIELER & PETIT

64, placed in Columbella by Tomlin & Shackleford (1914: 246). The identification of the Godeffroy species 

has not been determined. 

1810. Morula nodosa Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 33. Nomen nudum.—Ricinula (Sistrum) nodosa Dkr. 

[= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 85. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Tryon (1880 : 245) listed “Sistrum nodosum Dunker”, 

with no date or reference, as a synonym of Morula anaxeres (Kiener, 1835). 

1811a. Columbella (Anachis) semen Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: See number 9214. 

1813. Drillia lineata Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 90. Nomen nudum.—Drillia lauta Pse. [= Pease, 

1868b], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 131, with “D. lineata Dkr. [= Dunker] M. G. Cat. IV” in synonymy. 

NOTE: No description of Drillia lineata by Dunker has been located. 

1814. Fusus cinctus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 22; 1866[III]: 34. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Not Fusus cinctus Bellardi & Michelotti, 1840. 

1818. Nassa apolphi Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 22. Nomen nudum.—Nassa (Zeuxis) adolphi Dkr. [= 

Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 87. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. In his monograph of Nassariidae Cernohorsky (1984) 

has no mention of apolphi or adolphi. 

1822. Purpura scabra Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865 [II]: 23; 1869[IV]: 85; 1874[V]: 123. In subgenus 

Stramonita in 1869 and 1874. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Purpura scabra Mörch, 1852 is a Chicoreus 

and is not the Godeffroy species. Not Buccinum scabrum Dunker, 1846. 

1829. Acteon punctatus Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 39. Nomen nudum.—Buccinulus punctatus Martyn, 

Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 147. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. In Catalog [IV]: 104, number 6761 is for: Actaeon (Buccinulus) 

solidulus L[innaeus] with “A. punctatus Martyn Cat. III des Mus. Godeffroy” in synonymy. 

1831. Collonia costulata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 24; 1866[III]: 38; 1869[IV]: 100. Nomen 

nudum.—Collonia granulosa Pse. [Pease, 1868d], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 145, with “C. costulata Dkr. [= 

Dunker] i.l.” in synonymy and reference back to Catalog IV. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. 

1832. Clanculus obscurus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 24; 1866[III]: 38. Nomen nudum.—Clanculus 

atropurpureus Gld. [= Gould], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 101, 139 with “Cl. obscurus Dkr. Cat. III” in synonymy. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Gould’s species was introduced as Trochus 

(Monodonta) atropurpureus Gould, 1849. 

1832b. Gibbula concinna Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 102. Nomen nudum.—Clanculus concinna 

Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 147. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Name made available as Gibbula concinna 

Pilsbry, 1889. 

1833a. Clanculus godeffroyi Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 101. Nomen nudum. 


1834. Clanculus blandus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 24. Nomen nudum.—Clanculus stigmatarius A. Ad. 

[= A. Adams, 1853], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 101, with “Cl. blandus Dkr. Cat. III[sic; = II]” in synonymy. 


1835. Liotia hermanni Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 24; 1866[III]: 38; 1869[IV]: 102. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. = Liotina hermanni Pilsbry, 1934. 

1836a. Melampus fasciatus Desh[ayes] var. brevior [no author], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28. Nomen 

nudum.—Melampus fasciatus Desh[ayes] var. minor [no author], Schmeltz,1869[IV]: 68; 1874[V]: 88. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: The name brevior was attributed to Mousson by Schmeltz teste Cowie (1998: 42) but we find no 

evidence of such. No descriptions of brevior or minor by Mousson or other authors have been located. 

1836b. Melampus fasciatus Desh[ayes] var. gracilior [no author], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28; 1869[IV]: 68; 1874[V]: 


NOTE: Attributed to Mousson by Schmeltz fide Cowie (1998: 42) but we find no evidence of such. No 

description of this variety by Mousson or anyone else has been located. 

1843. Onchidella australis Semp[er], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 86. Nomen nudum. As Onchidella sp. in 1866[III]: 28 

and 1869[IV]: 69. 

NOTE: = Onchidella australis Semper, 1882. 



1854a. Cerithium minusculum Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 79. Nomen nudum. 


1862. Haliotis iris Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 24;1866[III]: 38; 1869[IV]: 102; 1874[V]: 148. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. Name made available as Haliotis iris Gmelin, 1791. 

1865. Strombus aratrum Martyn, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 142. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. This is Strombus vomer (Röding, 1798) fide Abbott (1960: 130). 

1871. Oliva porphyretica Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 82, with O. miniata [sic] Bolt. and O. erythrostoma Lam. 

as synonyms. Nomen nudum.—Dactylus porphyreticus Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 116, with Oliva 

erythrostoma Lam. in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Oliva miniacea Roding, 

1798. This number appeared in Catalogs II and III as Oliva erythrostoma Lam. var. 

1873. Terebellum subulatum Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 97 1874[V]: 141. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Terebellum terebellum 

(Linnaeus, 1758). The name T. subulatum was incorrectly attributed to Chemnitz as it is a Lamarck name. 

1887. Mytilus magellanicus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 28; 1866[III]: 42 ; 1869[IV]: 115; 1874[V]: 175, 180. 

Nomen nudum. In subgenus Aulacomya in 1869 and 1874. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This species is Aulacomya atra (Molina, 1782). 

1892. Arca reinholdii Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1865[II]: 27; 1866[III]: 42. Nomen nudum.—Arca reinholdi Dkr. 

[= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 114. Nomen nudum. 


3188. Melania subfasciata Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 31; 1869[IV]: 79. As “n. sp.” only in 


NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located, but ANSP has a specimen so labeled 

(ANSP 26257, Melania subfasciata Mss. [= Mousson]). 

3192. Melania gratiosa Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 31. Nomen nudum.—Melania laxa Mss. [= 

Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78, with “M. gratiosa Mss. [= Mousson] Cat. III “ in synonymy. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: No description of gratiosa by Mousson has been located. = Melania laxa Mousson, 1869. Not M. 

gratiosa Lea, 1861. 

3193. Melania peregrina Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 31; 1869[IV]: 79. As “n. sp.” only in 


NOTE: = Melania peregrina Mousson, 1869. 

3195a. Melania interposita Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.?), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 31; 1869[IV]: 78. As “n. sp.” only in 


NOTE: = Melania lutosa Gould var. interposita Mousson, 1869: 363. 

3197. Melania plicatilis Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 31; 1869[IV]: 78. As “n. sp.” only in 1866. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania plicatilis Mousson, 1870b. 

3197a. Melania aperta Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 79. Nomen nudum. 


3198a. Melania ovalauensis Mss. [= Mousson] “(an myriflca [sic] Ad.?)”, Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 31. Nomen 

nudum.—Melania ovalaua [sic; = ovalana] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania ovalana Mousson, 1870b. 

3199a. Melania albizonata Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 31. Nomen nudum.—Melania 

subexusta Mss. [= Mousson] var. albizonata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania subexusta var. albizonata Mousson, 1870b. 

3200. Melania gräffei Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.?), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 31. Nomen nudum.—Melania lutosa Gld. 

var. gräffei Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. 

NOTE: = Melania lutosa Gould var. graeffei Mousson, 1869: 362. 

3205. Helicina altior Mss. [= Mousson] (nov. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 30. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Mousson fide Cowie (1998: 22). 

3206. Neritina luteostoma Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37. Nomen nudum. 


3206a. Neritina orbiculata Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37. Nomen nudum. 


3207. Navicella truncata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37, with comment “(an crepidularia R. ?).” 


BIELER & PETIT

Nomen nudum.—Navicella magnifica Reeve var. truncata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 97. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE:= Navicella magnifica Reeve, 1856 var. truncata Mousson, 1869. 

3207a. Navicella squama Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37; 1869[IV]: 98. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. This name placed in synonymy of Neritina 

bougainvillei Récluz, 1850 by Tryon (1888 : 80). 

3208. Neritina propinqua Mss. [= Mousson] (sp. n.?), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37; 1869[IV]: 98. As “n. sp.” only in 


NOTE: = Clithon propinquus Mousson, 1869. 

3209. Neritina granulosa Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37. Nomen nudum.—Neritella (Vitta) 

granulum Mss. [= Mousson], 1874[V]: 144. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of either granulosa or granulum by Mousson has been located. 

3210. Neritina gräffei Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 37. Nomen nudum.—Neritina porcata Gld. 

[= Gould], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98, with “N. gräffei Mss.” as a synonym. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Neritina graeffei Mousson, 1869 was introduced in synonymy and is invalid under I.C.Z.N. (1999) 

Article 11.6. 

3210a. Clithon pritchardii Dohrn var. vitiensis [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99 ; 1874[V]: 143. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Neritina pritchardi Dohrn var. vitiana Mousson, 1870b: 219. Schmeltz misspelled this varietal name 

both times it was listed. 

3213. Patula graeffei Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 29. Nomen nudum.—Patula gräffei Mss. [= 

Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Patula (Endodonta) graeffei Mousson, 1869. 

3214. Patula inermis Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 29; 1869[IV]: 72. As “n. sp.” only in 1866. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Patula inermis Mousson, 1870a. 

3215. Stenothyra gracilis Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 30; 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 


3218. Helix incei Pfr. [= Pfeiffer] v. depressior [no author], Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 30; 1869[IV]: 73. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Helix depressior Schmeltz, 1869 was placed in the synonymy of Varohadra incei (Philippi, 1846) by 

Iredale (1937: 33). Helix incei was used as a valid name by both Pfeiffer and Philippi in February 1846. We 

have not located any reference clarifying authorship of this name. 

3223. Cassidula crassiuscula Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28; 1869[IV]: 69. As “n. sp.” only in 


NOTE: = Cassidula crassiuscula Mousson, 1869. 

3223a. Cassidula intuscarinata Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp. ), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28; 1869[IV]: 69. As “n. sp.” only 

in 1866. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Auricula (Cassidula) intuscarinata Mousson, 1870a. 

3224. Melampus arenaceus [sic] Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28. Nomen nudum.—Melampus 

avenaceus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melampus avenaceus Moussson, 1870a. 

3225. Ophicardelus sulcatus H. [&] A. Ad[ams] var. elegans Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68. Nomen 

nudum. 


3225a. Melampus umbilicatus Mss. [= Mousson] (nov. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28; 1869[IV]: 68. As “n. sp.” only 

in 1866. Nomen nudum.—Ophicardelus stutchburyi Pfr. [= Pfeiffer], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 135, with M. 

umbilicatus Mss. [= Mousson] in synonymy. 

NOTE: No description of M. umbilicatus by Mousson has been located. The name appears only in synonymy of 

Ophicardelus stutchburyi (Pfeiffer, 1857). 

3226. Amphipeplea involuta Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28; 1869[IV]: 69. As “n. sp.” only in 



3227. Planorbis singularis Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 28; 1869[IV]: 69. As “n. sp.” only in 


NOTE: = Planorbis singularis Clessin, 1886. Clessin attributed to Mousson but referenced only Schmeltz’s 

1869 listing. 



3229. Tornatellina conica Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 70. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Tornatellina conica Mousson, 1869. 

3231. Moussonia tortuosa Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 30. Nomen nudum. 


3232. Diplommatina macrostoma Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75, with synonym “D. australiae 

Bens. Cat. III.” Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Diplommatina var. macrostoma Mousson, 1870b: 186. Listed as “var.” of D. martensi by Schmeltz 

(1874[V]: 101) and placed in synonymy of D. martensi H. Adams, 1866 [sic; =1867] by Garrett (1887d: 303). 

3233. Diplommatina godeffroyana Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.), Schmeltz, 1866[III]: 30; 1869[IV]: 75. As “n. sp.” 

only in 1866. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Diplommatina (Diancta) godeffroyana Mousson, 1870b: 182. 

3234. Cypraea achatina Lam[arck], Schmeltz, 1866[III] : 36. Nomen nudum.—Cypraea achatina Sol[ander], 

Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 93, with “Cyp. ventriculus Lam.” in synonymy. Nomen nudum.—Aricia achatina 

Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 137, 157. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Cypraea achatina was never described by Lamarck or Solander. This is Cypraea ventriculus Lamarck, 1810. 

3236. Rissoina samoensis Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75, 1874[V]: 103. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Rissoina samoensis Weinkauff, 1881: 77, pl. 15c, fig. 1. Weinkauff attributed to Dunker and cited 

both Schmeltz listings. 

3240. Bittium nanum Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 80. Nomen nudum. 


3244. Cerithium nigerrimum Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 79. Nomen nudum. 


3247. Avicula cypsellus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 115. Nomen nudum.—Avicula radiata Pse. [= Pease, 

1863], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 176, with “A. cypsellus Dkr. [= Dunker] … Cat. IV” in synonymy. 

NOTE: There is evidently an error in naming here as Dunker introduced A. peasei Dunker, 1872 for the 

preoccupied A. radiata Pease, 1863b. On the very next page Dunker introduced Avicula cypsellus Dunker, 

1872 stated to be from the Indian Ocean. Pease’s species is from the correct area. The Samoan species is 

currently cited as Pteria peasei (Dunker, 1872). 

3253. Dolium fasciatum Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 96 ; 1874[V]: 140. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. His name was made available as Buccinum fasciatum Lamarck, 1822 

now (e.g., Cernohorsky 1972) placed in synonymy of Tonna sulcosa (Born, 1778). 

3267a. Marginella guttula Reeve var. alba [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 81. Nomen nudum.—Volvaria pallida 

Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 115, with “Marginella guttula Reeve v. alba sec. Dkr. [= Dunker]” in 


NOTE: No descriptions of the variety alba or the species V. pallida have been located. According to Tomlin 

(1917: 287) this latter usage is probably an error for V. pallidula Dunker, 1871. 

3268. Marginella lacryma Reeve var. zonalis [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 81. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This varietal name never validly introduced. It was, for unknown reason, attributed to Dunker by 

Tomlin (1917: 274) who treated it as a nomen nudum. 

3275. Mitra (Nebularia) ferruginea Lam[arck] var. minor [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 83; 1874[V]: 117. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: The varietal name minor has been introduced for several species, but none were directed to this usage. 

3301. Nassa (Niotha) samoensis Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 86. Nomen nudum.—Nassa (Hima) 

paupera Gld. [= Gould], [1850], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 125, with “N. balteata Pse. and N. samoensis Dkr. [= 

Dunker]” in synonymy, with reference back to Catalog IV. 

NOTE: No description of N. samoensis has been located. 

3304a. Rissoina cincta Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of R. cincta has been located. This reference placed in synonymy of R. pusilla Brocchi 

by Weinkauff (1880: 26). See number 1779 of this list. 

3307. Amycla (Astyris) elegantula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp. Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 87. Nomen nudum.—Amycla 

(Astyris) valga Gld. [= Gould, 1850], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 127, with “A. elegantula Dkr. [= Dunker]” in 

synonymy. 

NOTE: No description of A. elegantula Dunker has been located. 

3315. Nerita (Pila) schmeltziana Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99. Nomen nudum. NOTE: No 

description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of Nerita maculata Pease, 1868c by Schmeltz 

(1874[V]: 144). 


BIELER & PETIT

3320a. Trochus spinosus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 101; 1874[V]: 146, with synonyms “T. marmoratus 

Lam.?, T. pyramidalis Ch., T. flammeus Bolt.” in 1869[IV]. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Chemnitz’s figure was named Turbo spinosus Gmelin, 1791 but in 

view of Schmeltz’s synonymy the identity of the material is questionable. 

3323. Modulus tectum Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 136. Nomen nudum.—Modulus tectum Gml. [= Gmelin] 

var. candidus Pet[it], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 105, 150. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Name made available as Modulus tectus (Gmelin, 1791). In 1874 

([V]: 105, 150) the varietal name “var. candidus Pet.” replaced the nominotypical species. It had been 

described as Modulus candidus Petit, 1853. 

3324. Oxystele exigua Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 102; 1874[V]: 147. Nomen nudum. 


3330. Oxystele merula Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 102, with “T. sinensis Gm.” in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Oxystele merula (Gmelin, 1791). 

3334. Siphonaria godeffroyi Crosse n. sp. msc. var., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Paetel (1883: 178; 1889: 428) listed godeffroyi as a 

valid species of Siphonaria but his lists are full of nude names. Hubendick (1946: 68) regarded godeffroyi as a 

nomen nudum 

3335a. Elenchus concinnus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 101. Nomen nudum. 


3336. Ostrea plicata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 178. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Plicatula plicata (Linnaeus, 1767). 

3342. Hippopus equinus Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 113; 1874[V]: 172. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s name is not available. Schmeltz listed three synonyms, one of which, Hippopus hippopus 

(Linnaeus, 1758), is the earliest available name for the species. 

3346a. Callista kingii Desh[ayes], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 110. 

NOTE: See Number 7234. 

3356a. Stomatella papyracea Ch[emnitz], 1869[IV]: 02 ; 1874[V]: 148; 1877[VI]: 107; with “Turbo papyraceus 

Gm.” in synonymy in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Pseudostomatella papyracea (Gmelin, 1791). 

3361. Cythara harpula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 90. Nomen nudum. 


3362. Rissoina exigua Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]:75; 1874[V]: 103. As “n. sp.” only in 1869. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Rissoa exigua Weinkauff, 1881: 78, pl. 15c, fig. 3. Weinkauff attributed to Dunker and cited both 

Schmeltz listings. 

3365. Triforis conspersa Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 80 ; 1874[V]: 113. As “n. sp.” only in 1869. 

Nomen nudum. 


3366. Rissoina schwarziana Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum.—Rissoina obeliscus 

Recluz, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 103, with “R. schwarziana Dkr. [= Dunker]” in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of schwarziana has been located. Weinkauff (1880: 20) used the same synonymy as 

Schmeltz (1874) but showed that the name attributed to Récluz was made available by Mohrenstern (1860). 

3371. Pisania buccinulus Martini, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 129, 155; with “Bucc. pictum Rve.” and “Bucc. 

flammulatum Q. & G.” in synonymy on page 129. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. = Pisania ignea (Gmelin, 1791). 

3409. Fissurella personata Martyn, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 103; 1874[V]: 159; with “F. picta Gmel. and F. radiata 

Less.” in synonymy in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. His figure was recognized by Pilsbry (1891b: 82) as being Fissurella 

picta (Gmelin, 1791). 

3415. Trigonella laevis Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 108. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Mactra (Trigonella) laevis Dunker, 1871. 

3433. Torcula tenuilirata Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77. Nomen nudum.—Murchisonia sutoris 

Dkr. [= Dunker] i.l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 148, with “Torcula tenuilirata Dkr. [= Dunker]” in synonymy with 

reference back to Vol. IV. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of either name has been located. In the Corrigenda at [V]: 212 a notation attributed to O. 

Semper advises that Murchisonia sutoris Dkr. is a turritellid belonging to the genus Zaria. However no species 



with that name has been located. 

3600. Helicina musiva Gld. [= Gould] var. subcarinata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Helicina musiva var. subcarinata Mousson, 1870b. 

3603. Helicina musiva Gld. [= Gould] var. rotundata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Helicina musiva Gould var. rotundata Mousson, 1873. 

3604. Imperator (Stella) stellata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 101. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Astraea stellaris (Gmelin, 1791). 

3607. Haliotis exigua Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 102; 1874[V]: 148. As “n. sp.” only in 1869. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Pilsbry (1890: 90) treated Haliotis exigua Dunker, 1877 and stated “Not H. exigua Dkr. [= Dunker] in 

Mus. Godeffroy Cat. v., p. 148.” The Schmeltz specimens cannot therefore be identified. 

3609a. Zizyphinus [sic] venustus Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 101. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Ziziphinus venustus Dunker, 1871. 

3610. Volvaria nitidula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 81; 1874[V]: 115. Nomen nudum. 


3615. Nerita obscura Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99 ; 1874[V]: 144. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Schmeltz’s reference placed in synonymy of Nerita 

retropicta (Martens, 1878). 

3619. Siphonaria laciniata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Hubendick (1946: 68) listed as a nomen nudum. 

3623a. Columbella (Mitrella) pellucida Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: See Number 9209. 

3624. Amycla minuta Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 87.—Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This is a duplicate Number. See Number 9207. 

3624. Columbella (Mitrella) filamentosa Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88. Nomen nudum.—Amycla 

marquesa Gask[oin, 1852], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 127, with “Col. filamentosa Dkr. [= Dunker], Mus. Godeffroy 

Cat. IV” in synonymy. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Name made available as Columbella filamentosa Tryon, 

1883. Tryon treated marquesana [sic] as a different species. Not number 3624 of page 87; see previous listing. 

3625c. Cantharus (Tritonidea) badius Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 86. Nomen nudum. 


3628. Mitra (Scabricola) sphaerulata Martyn, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 117,153, with “M. scabriuscula Lam.” in 

synonymy on page 117. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Neocancilla papilio (Link, 1807). 

3630. Cylindra nucea Gronov[ius], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 84; 1874[V]: 120, both with “M. olivaria Lam.” in 

synonymy. Nomen nudum.—Cylindra nucea Meuch[en], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 105. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: The names of Gronovius and Meuchen are not available. = Pterygia nucea (Gmelin, 1791). 

3640. Drillia pygmaea Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp. , Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 90. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this combination has been located. It is unlikely that it is the Japanese Mangelia 

pygmaea Dunker, 1860 as it would not have been listed as “n. sp.” 

3640b. Eulima dentiens Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77. Nomen nudum.—Rissoina tridentata 

Michaud, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 104. 

NOTE: = Eulima dentiens Dunker, 1871: 152 but Michaud’s name dates from 1830. See Taxa Notes 3 for 

comment on identity of Rissoina species. Pilsbry (1904: 28) treated Rissoina (Zebina) tridentata (Michaud) 

with E. dentiens Dunker in synonymy. 

3883. Vexilla vexillum Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 86; 1874[V]: 123, with “Purp. vexillum Lam.” in 

synonymy in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Vexilla vexillum (Gmelin, 1791). 

3885. Gena angusta Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99. Nomen nudum. 


3886. Truncatella funiculus Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Truncatella funiculus Mousson, 1870b: 197. 

3898. Defrancia rubida Hinds var. minor [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 90. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: The name minor was never introduced in Turridae by Dunker. In Catalog V: 132, number 3898 is 

simply Defrancia rubida Hds. [= Hinds, 1843] although it had been number 6940 in Catalog IV: 90. 

3902. Columbella (Anachis) pusiola Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88. Nomen mnudum. 


BIELER & PETIT

NOTE: = Columbella (Anachis) pusiola Dunker, 1871. 

3902a. Columbella (Anachis) nana Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Columbella (Anachis) nana Dunker, 1871: 157. Assigned number 9211 in Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 127, 

and listed there without the “n. sp.” tag. 

3906. Triforis margaritacea Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 80; 1874[V]: 113 ; 1877[VI]: 105. Nomen 

nudum. 


3906a. Triforis nodulosa Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 80. Nomen nudum. 


3909a. Nassa (Hima) pusiola Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 125. Nomen nudum. 


3995. Cypraea aurora Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 94, with “C. aurantium Martyn” in synonymy. Nomen 

nudum.—Luponia aurora Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 137. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Not made available by Solander. Martyn’s name is not available. = Cypraea aurantium Gmelin, 1791. 

4015. Cypraea irrorata Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 93 ; 1874[V]: 137. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Name not made available by Solander. = Cypraea irrorata Gray, 1828. 

4019. Padollus pulcherrimus Martyn, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 132. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Haliotis pulcherrima Gmelin, 1791. 

4039. Conus sponsalis Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 92; 1874[V]: 135, 156. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Conus sponsalis Hwass in Brugière, 1792. 

4040. Defrancia reticulata Brown, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 90. Nomen nudum.—Clathurella pumila Migh[els], 

Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 137, with Clathurella reticulata Garrett in synonymy.—Defrancia (Clathurella) 

reticulata Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 132. 

NOTE: Attribution to Brown was an error, corrected in Errata on 1869[IV]: 139. The earliest name is 

Pleurotoma pumila Mighels, 1845 which predates Pleurotoma reticulata Garrett, 1857. The latest generic 

placement of the species is in Kermia (e.g., Kay 1979). 

Defrancia pumila Mig[hels] *), Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 132 was listed immediately after number 4040 as 

number 9043. The reason is that Schmeltz changed his mind and resurrected the name from his prior (1869) 

synonymy. In a footnote on page 132 he stated [translated]: “An investigation of specimens sent by Mr. Garrett 

from authentic localities of Defrancia reticulata Garr. & D. pumila Migh. showed us that both are good 

species; this is not the place to delve into the differences and we reserve this for a later oppportunity.” 

4043. Tellina (Angulus) rubella Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 108; 1874[V]: 167. In subgenus Angulus in 1869. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Solander’s name is not available. Tellina rubella Deshayes, 1855 was described from the Philippines, ex 

Cuming collection, and Solander was not mentioned so it is doubtful if it is that species. The identity of the 

Godeffroy material cannot be determined. 

4045a. Melampus hordeaceus Mss. [= Mousson] (n. sp.?), Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 69. Nomen nudum.—Melampus 

hordeaceus Mss. [= Mousson] i. l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 88. Nomen nudum. 


5203. Partula nucleolus Pease, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72; 1874[V]: 92. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Garrett (1884: 72) listed “Partula nucleola Pease MS.” 

in the synonymy of Partula taeniata (Mörch, 1850). 

5204. Nanina futunaensis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina futunaensis Mousson, 1871. 

5206. Partula imperforata Pse. [= Pease], 1874[V]: 92, 207. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Pease has been located. This name made available by Garrett, 1884: 54. 

5212. Patula subordinata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72; 1874[V]: 93. As “n. sp.” only in 1869. 

Nomen nudum. 


5224. Patula subdaedalea Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Patula subdaedalea Mousson, 1870a. 

5225. Partula megastoma Pease, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 92. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of P. callifera Pfeiffer, 1856 [sic; 

=1857] by Garrett (1884: 60). 

5227. Nanina nodulata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina nodulata Mousson, 1870a. 



5228. Placostylus moussonii Gräffe, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 93, with “B. elobatus Mss. non Gld.” in synonymy. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Bulimus (Placostylus) graeffei Crosse, 1875: 13. There was no “B. elobatus Mss.” as Mousson 

attributed the name to Gould but misidentified his species. For discussion of the history of this name and 

synonyms, see Pilsbry (1900: 104). 

5233. Helix lüdersii Pfr. [= Pfeiffer] v. corallina Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 73. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Trochomorpha lüdersi [sic; = luedersi] corallina Mousson, 1870a. Baker (1841: 304) listed 

Schmeltz’s nude name of 1869 (p. 73, from various locations) in the synonymy of Trochomorpha corallina 

(Mousson, 1870) and also, with a query, in the synonymy of his new species Trochomorpha (Lauhala) 

burrowsi Baker, 1841 (p. 306), based on material from the island of Futuna. This is a good example of the fact 

that a single Museum Godeffroy number may, in fact, harbor multiple species. 

5236. Helix accurata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 73. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Trochomorpha accurata Mousson, 1870a. 

5239. Helix transarata Mss. [= Mousson] var. depressostriata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 73. Nomen 

nudum.—Helix fessonia Angas [1870], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 94, with H. transarata Mss. [= Mousson] var. 

depressostriata [no author] in synonymy. 

NOTE: Mousson made his name available as Helix transarata var. depressostriata Mousson, 1870a: 121. If the 

synonymy is correct, Angas’s name has priority. 

5242. Nanina fragillima Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina fragillima Mousson, 1870a. 

5243. Zonites plicostriatus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 70. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Zonites plicostriatus Mousson, 1870a. 

5244. Tornatellina conica Mss. [= Mousson] var. impressa Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 70. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Tornatellina conica var. impressa Mousson, 1870a. 

5245. Nanina excrescens Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina excrescens Mousson, 1870a: 115, pl. 7, fig. 5. 

5246. Patula adposita Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Patula adposita Mousson, 1870a. 

5253. Patula conicava Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72. Nomen nudum.—Patula fabrefacta 

Pease, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 135, with “P. conicava Mss i. l.” in synonymy. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. = Endodonta fabrefacta (Pease, 1864 [sic; 

=1865a]) fide Garrett (1884 : 38). 

5257. Patula societatis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 73. Nomen nudum.—Patula consimilis 

Pease, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 135, with “P. societatis Mss i. l.” in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. Patula societatus [sic] “Mousson” as listed 

by Schmeltz placed in synonymy of P. consimilis (Pease, 1868b) by Garrett (1884: 29). 

5260. Hydrocena affinis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum.—Assiminea affinis Mss. 

[= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 103. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Hedley (1906: 527–528) referred to A. affinis Mousson 

as a manuscript name which he placed in the synonymy of A. tasmanica Tenison Woods, 1876. 

5271. Zonites samöensis Mss. [= Mousson] var. tenuis [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 70. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Zonites samoensis var. tenuis Mousson, 1871. 

5272. Patula vicaria Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. var. major [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72; 1874[V]: 93. As “n. 

sp.” only in 1869. Nomen nudum. 


5276. Nanina ensifera Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina (Gastrodonta) ensifera Mousson, 1869. 

5278. Neritina harveyensis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. , Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98. Nomen nudum.—Neritina dispar 

Pease [1868c], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 138, with N. harveyensis Mss. [= Mousson] i. l. in synonymy.—Neritella 

harveyensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 103. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of Neritina (or Neritella) harveyensis has been located. 

5281. Patula vicaria Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Patula vicaria Mousson, 1871. 

5282. Helix albofilata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 73, 1874[V]: 94, with H. o’conellii [sic; = 

oconnellensis] Cox [1871] in synonymy in 1874. Nomen nudum. 


BIELER & PETIT

NOTE: No description of Mousson’s species has been located and Cox’s name appears to be the oldest 

available. See number 8400. 

5282a. Helix basalis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 73. Nomen nudum.—Helix curtisiana Pfr. [= 

Pfeiffer], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 135, with “H. basalis Mss. i. l.” in synonymy. 

NOTE: Mousson’s manuscript name made available as Hadra rainbirdi var. basalis Pilsbry, 1890. Pilsbry 

treated H. curtisiana Pfeiffer, 1863 [sic ; =1864] as a separate species and made no connection between the 

two. Iredale (1937: 31) proposd the name Varohadra findera with Helix basalis Pilsbry, 1890 in synonymy, as 

ex Mousson MS, and with the statement “Not H. basalis Schmeltz, Mus. Godeffr. Cat. iv., p. 135. “This is 

strange in several ways as Iredale appears to consider Pilsbry’s name invalid by accepting Schmeltz’s usage as 

available. The only Schmeltz usage cited, however, is page 135 where it is in synonymy; page 73 is not 

mentioned. 

5302. Helicina semperi Gräffe n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74 ; 1874[V]: 98. As “n. sp.” only in 1869. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Helicina semperi Mousson, 1870b. 

5303. Helicina tectiformis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Helicina tectiformis Mousson, 1870b. 

5313. Helicina fulgora Gld. [= Gould] var. minor Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen 

nudum.—Helicina fulgora Gld. [= Gould] var. expansa Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 98. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of the varietal name minor has been located. Helicina fulgora Gould var. expansa 

Mousson, 1870b: 198 had, as the first word it its description, “Minor”. 

5314. Nanina schmeltziana Mss. [= Mousson] var. usurpata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina (Trochonanina) schmeltziana var. usurpata Mousson, 1869: 330. 

5315. Physa gibberula Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 69. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Physa gibberula Mousson, 1870a: 130. 

5316a. Melampus cylindroides Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68. Nomen nudum.—Melampus cinctus 

Pease, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 135, with “M. cylindroides Mss i.l.”in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE:—No description of either M. cylindroides Mousson or M. cinctus Pease has been located. Garrett 

(1884: 90) placed both names in synonymy of Melampus fasciatus (Deshayes, 1830). 

5317. Melampus pseudocommodus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 69. Nomen nudum. —Melampus 

semiplicatus Pease, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 135, with “M.. pseudocommodus Mss. i.l.” in synonymy. 

NOTE: No description of Melampus pseudocommodus has been located. The correct name is Melampus 

semiplicatus Pease, 1860. 

5323. Nanina perpolita Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina (Microcystis) perpolita Mousson, 1869: 326. 

5325. Tornatellina bacillaris Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 70. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Tornatellina bacillaris Mousson, 1871: 16. Cowie (1998: 49) listed a separate entry for “T. bucollaris 

Schmeltz, 1869: 70.” It was not so spelled by Schmeltz. 

5327. Omphalotropis subsoluta Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Realia (Omphalotropis) subsoluta Mousson, 1870b: 192. 

5328. Truncatella alternans Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of Truncatella arcasiana Crosse by 

Schmeltz (1874[V]: 104) and Taheitia arcasiana (Crosse, 1868) by Garrett (1887d: 302). 

5329. Truncatella turricula Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Truncatella turricula Mousson, 1870b. 

5331. Diplommatina godeffroyana Mss. [= Mousson] var. fracta Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Diplommatina (Diancta) godeffroyana var. fracta Mousson, 1870b: 183. 

5332. Diplommatina tuberosa Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Diplommatina tuberosa Mousson, 1870b. 

5335. Diplommatina distorta Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. NOTE: No 

description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of D. martensi H. Adams, 1867 by Mousson 

(1870b: 186). 

5337. Diplommatina pomatiaeformis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Diplommatina (Diancta) pomatiaeformis Mousson, 1870b: 180. 

5338. Moussonia fuscula Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. var. vitiana Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 



NOTE: = Diplommatina (Moussonia) fuscula var. vitiana Mousson, 1870b. 

5339. Omphalotropis bithyniaeformis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. , Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Cited by Garrett (1887d: 310) in synonymy of O. layardiana 

Garrett, 1887d as: “Omphalotropis bythinaeformis ‘MSS.,’ Paetel, … p. 124 (ex Schmeltz …iv. p. 74).” 

5341. Omphalotropis longula Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Realia (Omphalotropis) longula Mousson, 1870b. 

5342. Omphalotropis costulata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Realia (Omphalotropis) costulata Mousson, 1870b. 

5343. Omphalotropis circumlineata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Realia (Omphalotropis) circumlineata Mousson, 1870b. 

5350. Omphalotropis tectiformis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Considered by Cowie (1998: 31) to probably be an error 

for Realia (Omphalotropis) teretiformis Mousson, 1869. 

5351. Truncatella futunaensis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Truncatella futunaensis Mousson, 1871. 

5353. Valvata californiensis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 


5356. Moussonia fuscula Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Diplommatina (Moussonia) fuscula Mousson, 1870b. 

5357. Melania subexusta Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania subexusta Mousson, 1870b. See Taxa Note 1. 

5359. Nanina vitrinaeformis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 


5361. Melania niuafouana Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 


5362. Melania bifasciata Mss. [= Mousson] var. picea Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania bifasciata var. picea Mousson, 1869. 

5734. Pythia tortuosa Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 68. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Pythia tortuosa Mousson, 1871. 

5845a. Strombus striato-granulatus Mart[ens], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 142, with “S. aurisdianae Kien. non L.” in 


NOTE: Martens’s description was not published until 1880. This is currently (e.g., Cernohorsky 1972) 

considered to be a synonym of Strombus aurisdianae Linnaeus, 1758. 

5872. Partula canalis Mss. [= Mousson] var. semilineata [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Partula canalis var. semilineata Mousson, 1869. 

5873. Partula abbreviata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Partula abbreviata Mousson, 1869. 

5874. Diplommatina godeffroyana Mss. [= Mousson] var. latecostata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Diplommatina (Diancta) godeffroyana var. latecostata Mousson, 1870b: 183. Number 5874 was 

retained for this variety in 1874[V]: 102. Not to be confused with the duplicate number 5874 listed below. 

5874. Melania bifasciata Mss. [= Mousson] var., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. 

NOTE: This duplicated number used for an unnamed variety of Melania bifasciata. Not to be confused with 

number 5874 listed above. 

5876. Helicina beryllina Gld. [= Gould] var. flavida Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Helicina beryllina var. flavida Mousson, 1869. 

5877. Helicina fulgora Gld. [= Gould] var. delicatula Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74; 1874[V]: 98. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Listed in synonymy of H. fulgora Gould by Garrett 

(1887: 150). Preoccupied by Helicina delicatula Shuttleworth, 1852. 

5878. Navicella (Catillus) freycineti Recl. [= Récluz] var. vitiensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 97. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Navicella freycineti Récluz var. vitiensis Mousson, 1870b. 

5881. Nanina upolensis Mss. [= Mousson] var. oneatensis [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 71. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Nanina (Microcystis) upolensis var. oneataensis Mousson, 1870a: 114. 

5882. Patula complementaria Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 72. Nomen nudum. 


BIELER & PETIT

NOTE: = Patula complementaria Mousson, 1871. 

5883. Stenogyra novemgyrata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 70. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Stenogyra novemgyrata Mousson, 1870a. 

5884. Tornatellina columellaris Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 70. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Tornatellina columellaris Mousson, 1870a. 

6091. Padollus pulcherrimus Martyn, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 102. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Haliotis pulcherrima Gmelin, 1791. 

6109. Spondylus imperialis Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 116; 1874[V]: 178. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Although we have found no direct connection to Chemnitz, this is 

thought to be Spondylus imperialis Chenu, 1844. 

6124. Plicatula echinata Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 116. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Plicatula echinata Dunker, 1871. 

6153. Dolium fasciatum Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 96; 1874[V]: 140. Nomen nudum 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Tonna chinensis 

(Dillwyn, 1817), one of two names listed as synonyms by Schmeltz in 1869. 

6212. Physa globosa Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 69; 1874[V]: 96. As “n. sp.” only in 1869. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. Not Physa globosa Morelet, 1866 from 

West Africa. 

6305. Cylichna striatula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 104. Nomen nudum. 


6308. Emarginula schmeltziana Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 102. Nomen nudum. 


6314. Modiola arborescens Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 115, with “Mod. picta Lam. ” and “Amygdalum 

dendriticum Meg.” in synonymy. Nomen nudum.—Perna (Modiola) arborescens Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 

1874[V]: 175. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The name in current use is Amygdalum dendriticum Megerle von 

Mühlfeld, 1811. It appears that Mytilus arborescens Fischer, 1807 (p. 249) has priority, but we are not using it 

as a valid name as we do not know the ramifications of giving it priority over dendriticum. We leave that 

decision to others. 

6314a. Crenella (Modiolaria) adolphi Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 114. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Crenella (Modiolaria) adolphi Dunker, 1871 

6317. Laevicardium pulchellum Reeve var. alba [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 112. Nomen nudum. Also in 

Catalog [IV]: 105 as Number 6640. 

NOTE: No description of this variety has been located. Probably intended as a descriptive term. 

6440. Littorina littorea L. var. maxima costata [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76; 1874[V]: 115. 

NOTE: The varietal “maxima costata” is considered to be a descriptive term, not a name. 

6461. Meretrix lyrata Sow[erby] var. fusca [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 112. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Probably not Cytherea fusca Koch in Philippi, 1845 which is the only usage of the name in Veneridae, 

placed in Meretrix by Deshayes (1853: 38). 

6480. Axinaea variegata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 114. Nomen nudum. 


6483. Plicatula simplex Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 178, 180. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located; probably an error for Plicatula simplex 

Gould, 1861. 

6484. Crassatella planata Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 113. Nomen nudum. 


6485. Trigonella radiata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 108. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Mactra (Trigonella) radiata Dunker, 1871. 

6577a. Helix bipartita Fér[ussac] var. flava [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 73. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this variety has been located. Not of Villa, 1836. 

6579. Helicina interna Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Helicina interna Mousson, 1869: 358. The 1869 description was minimal. Mousson later (1870: 201) 

used the same name with a complete description and figure. It is assumed to be the same. 

6580. Melania samoensis Reeve var. ? languida Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania samoensis var. languida Mousson, 1869. 



6581. Melania lutosa Gld. [= Gould] var. sulcata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania lutosa sulcata Mousson, 1869. 

6582. Melania lutosa Gld. [= Gould] var. crassiuscula Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania lutosa crassiuscula Mousson, 1869. 

6583. Melania bifasciata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania bifasciata Mousson, 1869. 

6584. Melania vainafa Gld. [= Gould] var. nigra Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania vainafa Gld. [= Gould] var. nigra Mousson, 1869. 

6585. Melania vainafa Gld. [= Gould] var. futunaensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 


6587. Melania terpsichore Gld. [= Gould], var. mangoensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 79. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania terpsichore var. mangoensis Mousson, 1870b. 

6589. Melania feejensis Reeve var. inermis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 79. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this variety by Mousson has been located. The name is preoccupied by at least two 

earlier usages. 

6590. Neritina (Vitta) godeffroyana Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98, with footnote that it is 

Neritina siquijorensis Recl. [= Récluz] of Catalog III. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Neritina (Theodoxus) godeffroyana Mousson, 1869. 

6591. Neritina petiti Recl. [= Récluz] var. samoensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Clypeolum petiti Récluz var. samoensis Mousson, 1869. 

6592. Neritina porcata Gld. [= Gould] var. tenuiplicata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98; 1874[V]: 143. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this variety by Mousson has been located. Considered by Cowie (1998: 14) to be a 

possible error for N. tenuicostata Mousson, 1869. 

6593. Navicella scarabaeus Reeve var. decapitata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 98. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Navicella scarabaeus Reeve var. decapitata Mousson, 1869. 

6594. Melania luctuosa Gld. [= Gould] ?, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78, as number 6595; 1874[V]: 109. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Author of this species is Hinds (1844a), not Gould. This number was duplicated in 1869 in error. 

6595. Melania samoensis Reeve var. inserta Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania samoensis var. inserta Mousson, 1869. Do not confuse with duplicate number 6595 above. 

6596. Melania subexusta Mss. [= Mousson] var. persulcata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania persulcata Mousson, 1869. See Taxa Note 1. 

6597. Melania ovalaua [sic] Mss. [= Mousson] var. kanathiana Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania ovalana var. kanathiana Mousson, 1870b. 

6598. Melania acutispira [sic] Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Melania acutespira Mousson, 1869: 370, pl. 15, fig. 4. 

6613. Columbella (Mitrella) elegantula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88. Nomen nudum.—Columbella 

(Nitidella) vitiensis Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 126. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species under either name has been located. The arrangement is odd as the two 

nomina listed under number 6613 were placed in different subgenera, and Columbella elegantula Dkr. [= 

Dunker] was placed in synonymy of C. (Mitrella) concinna Dkr. [= Dunker] in Catalog [V]: 126 as number 

9664, q.v. 

6620. Trivia (Epona) margarita Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 94; 1874[V]: 138. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This name was not made available by Solander. = Pustularia margarita (Dillwyn, 1817). Dillwyn 

referenced Solander’s manuscript. 

6622. Phasianella (Eutropia) gräffei Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 100. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Phasianella graeffei Dunker, 1871: 168. The subgenus Eutropia was attributed to Humph[rey]. In 

1874[V]: 145 it was used as a full genus. Humphrey’s name is not available. Schmeltz’s usage of Eutropia is a 

nomen nudum as the only included species is a nomen nudum and there is no description. This genus name has 

never been attributed to Schmeltz or to Dunker, and is preoccupied by Gray 1862 in Mammalia. 

6631. Nassa (Niotha) plicatula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 86. Nomen nudum.—Nassa (Telasco) 

mucronata A. Ad[ams, 1852], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 124, with “N. plicatula Dkr. [= Dunker] i.l.” in synonymy 

and reference back to Catalog IV. 


BIELER & PETIT

NOTE: No description of Nassa plicatula by Dunker. has been located. 

6632. Engina pygmaea Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. It is not likely that this was intended for Columbella 

pygmaea G.B. Sowerby I, 1832 from Central America. 

6633. Pyrene obtusa Sow[erby] var. major [no author], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 87. Nomen nudum.—Pyrene obtusa 

Sow[erby], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 125. 

NOTE: No description of this variety has been located. There is no mention of the nude name major in Cataglog 

V. 

6634. Columbella micans Pease, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 87; 1874[V]: 125. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Pease has been located. Name made available as Columbella micans 

Tryon, 1883. 

6636. Nerita samoensis Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 99. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Nerita samoensis Dunker, 1871] 

6637. Amycla tessellata [sic] Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 87. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Amycla (Astyris) tesselata Dunker, 1871. 

6638a. Barbatia attenuata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 114. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. It was listed in the synonymy of Barbatia parva (G. B. 

Sowerby I, 1833b) by Lynge (1909 :18 [114]) with reference to Catalog IV and also to Catalog V where it was 

listed with the number 9477 as Barbatia parva Sow[erby] with “B. attenuata Dkr. i. l. Mus. Godeffroy Cat. 

IV” in synonymy. 

6640. Littorina littorea L[innaeus] var. maxima costata [no author], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 105. See number 6440. 

6648. Tritonium (Lagena) nodosum Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 96, with “Fusus wiegmannii Anton” in 


NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Cymatium (Linatella) wiegmanni (Anton, 1838). 

6663. Meretrix impudica Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 110 ; 1874[V]: 168. In 1869 with synonyms “Mer. 

labiosa” Lam. and “V. meretrix L.” Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Schmeltz’s use of names is confusing, as is the subsequent literature. 

Considering all factors, the species involved is probably Meretrix casta (Gmelin, 1791). 

6667. Marginella sutoris Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 81; 1874[V]: 115. In subgenus Prunum in 


NOTE: Never described by Dunker. Tomlin (1918: 307, pl. 10, fig. 7) illustrated what he believed to be “an 

authentic example of the shell distributed by the Godeffroy Museum under this manuscript name … It is 

obviously the same species as gibbosa Jouss., and the locality of ‘South America’ must be an error.” As Tomlin 

figured a specimen under this name, Marginella sutoris Tomlin, 1918 is an available name. 

6669. Marginella subcoerulea Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 81; 1874[V]: 115, with “M. coerulescens Lam.” in 


NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Listed from the Antilles by Krebs (1864: 45) but not 

made available. 

6671. Cymbiola brasiliana Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 81; 1874[V]: 115, with “V. colocynthis Clemn. [sic]” 

in synonymy in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Name not made available by Solander. = Adelomelon brasiliana (Lamarck, 1811). 

6671a. Cymbiola magnifica Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 115. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Cymbiola magnifica (Gebauer, 1802). 

6682. Turricula (Pusia) patriarchalis Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 84; 1874[V]: 119. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Vexillum (Pusia) patriarchalis (Gmelin, 1791). 

6689. Phasianella tritonis Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 100. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Phasianella australis (Gmelin, 1791) 

6696. Pyrene obtusa Sow[erby] var. curta [no author], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 125. Nomen nudum. 


6765. Leiostraca striatula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77. Nomen nudum. 


6766. Leiostraca vitrea Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77. Nomen nudum. 


6768. Eulima parvula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen nudum. 


6812. Triforis quadrilineata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum. 




6816. Bittium dunkeri Nob[is] var. lineata [no author], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: See numbers 1781 and 1784. 

6817. Triforis lactea Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum. 


6818. Triforis janthina Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113 ; 1877[VI]: 105. Nomen nudum. 


6819. Triforis (vel nov. Gen.) torcula Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 80. Nomen nudum. 


6820. Triforis ventrosula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 80;1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum. 


6826. Triforis distinguenda Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113 ; 1877[VI]: 104. Nomen nudum. 


6827. Triforis nana Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum. 


6831. Triforis punctulata Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum. 


6833. Triforis schmeltziana Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum. 


6835. Turritella zonata Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77. Nomen nudum. 


6841. Turbonilla (Chemnitzia d’Orb[igny]) crystallina Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 78. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Introduced as Turbonilla (Nisiturris) 

crystallina Dall & Bartsch, 1906 with reference to Schmeltz’s listing. 

6842. Eulima brevicula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77; 1874[V]: 107; 1877[VI]: 104, with 

comment: “parasitizing on Archaster typicus.” As “n. sp.” in 1869 and 1877. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Tryon (1886: 285) listed under Eulima mindoroensis A. 

Adams & Reeve, 1850 with comment that “it has been extensively distributed from the Viti Islands under the 

name of E. brevicula, Dunker”. 

6844. Leiostraca splendida Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. In a footnote on [V]: 107 it is stated that it has been 

determined that this is a species of Odostomia and therefore must be called “O. splendida Dkr. [= Dunker]”. 

6854. Eulima crassiuscula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77. Nomen nudum. 


6855. Olivella (Olivina) nitens Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 83; 1874[V]: 117. In subspecies 

Olivina and as “n. sp.” only in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Name made available as Oliva nitens Marrat, 

1871, attributed by Marrat to Dunker. Placed in synonymy of Olivella simplex Pease, 1868c by Tryon (1883: 

72). 

6859. Rissoina schmeltziana Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 75; 1874[V]: 103. As “n. sp.” only in 


NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of Rissoina mohrensterni 

Deshayes, 1863 by Tryon (1887: 386). 

6877. Capulus (Thyca) costatogranosus Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76. Nomen nudum. 


6879. Ruma simiae Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 77 ; 1874[V]: 107; 1879[VII]: 87. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Name made available as Natica simiae Deshayes, 1838. 

6880. Vanikoro cancellata Ch[emnitz]?, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 76. Nomen nudum.—Vanikoro petitiana Recl. [= 

Récluz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 106. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The name was made available as Vanikoro cancellata (Lamarck, 

1822), which is the type species of Vanikoro and a senior synonym of V. petitiana (Récluz, 1844). 

6882. Cerithiopsis clathrata A. Ad[ams]***), Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 108. 

NOTE: The footnote ***) indicates that Angas had described a species Cerithiopsis clathratus Angas, 1871 and 

that Angas’s use was renamed Cerithiopsis angasi O. Semper. As Semper did not publish this, this replacement 

name is attributable to Schmeltz, 1874. 


BIELER & PETIT

The name Cerithiopsis clathrata A. Adams in H. Adams & A. Adams, 1853 is a nomen nudum. Adams 

later named a Cerithium clathratum A. Adams, 1855 which was placed in Potamides (Pirenella) by Tryon 

(1887: 165–166). 

Tryon (pp. 172–173) listed and figured Cerithiopsis angasi Semper [sic; = Schmeltz] with reference only 

to Schmeltz, noting that it had been “described by Angas under the preoccupied name of C. clathrata.” There 

is nothing in Tryon, or elsewhere, to indicate why Cerithiopsis clathrata Angas, 1871 (p. 16, pl. 1, fig. 12) is 

preoccupied by any other usage in Cerithiopsis. 

6897. Turricula (Costellaria) dunkeri mihi, Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 84, with synonym “M. rigidae Sw. per affinis.” 

Nomen nudum.—Turricula (Costellaria) deshayesii Reeve, Schmeltz, 1869[V]: 119, with synonym: “M. 

dunkeri mihi Mus. Godeffroy Cat. IV”;—Turricula deshayesi Reeve, Schmeltz, 1869[V]: 210, with synonyms 

“Mitra rigida Reeve non Sws.” and “M. dunkeri Schmeltz Mus. God. Cat. IV.” Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: There is no “Turricula deshayesii or deshayesi Reeve” as shown by Garrett (1880: 52) who placed these 

Schmeltz listings in the synonymy of Mitra michaui Crosse & Fischer, 1864. It was separated again, and the 

name made available, “ex Schmeltz Mss.” as Mitra (Costellaria) deshayesi var. dunkeri Dautzenberg & 

Bouge, 1922: 201. 

6908. Turricula pupula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 84. [Mitridae]. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Name made available as Turricula (Pusia) 

pupula Tryon, 1882: 194. Tryon’s figured specimen (ANSP 28851) was stated to be from the Godeffroy 

Museum. 

6912. Turricula elegantula Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 84. [Mitridae] Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Mitra (Turricula) elegantula Dunker, 1871. 

6918. Engina zebra Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 128, with “Ric. iostoma Reeve” in synonymy. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. Made available as Columbella (Engina) 

zebra Kobelt, 1897, attributed to Dunker. 

6927. Coralliophyla [sic] neritoidea Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 89, with “Purp. violacea Kien.” in 


NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Name was made available as Murex neritoidea Gmelin, 1791 but that 

useage is preoccupied. = Coralliophila violacea (Kiener, 1836). 

6930. Lunella mespilum Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 100; 1874[V]: 158, with “T. Porphyrites Kien.” in 


NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Turbo mespilum Gmelin, 1791. 

6931. Trochus acutangulus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 100, with “T. elatus L.” in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Tectus conus (Gmelin, 1791). 

6945. Cyclostrema nivea Ch[emnitz]?, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 167. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is, according to Tryon (1888: 92), Cyclostrema laevis (Kiener, 

1838) but his discussion of A. Adams’s usage (1888: 96) should be read. Tryon attributed the species to Adams 

who had used Chemnitz’s name, placing it apart from C. laevis (Kiener) and stating that it did not match the 

figures. 

6946. Emarginula elliptica Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 102 ; 1874[V]: 148; 1877[VI]: 107. Nomen 

nudum. 


6968. Tellina (Angulus) vitrea Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 167. Nomen nudum. 


6969. Tellina (Angulus) rudolphi Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 167. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. There is no reason to consider it being Tellina (Strigilla) 

rudolphi Brazier, 1898. 

6976. Venus cicercula Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 168. Nomen nudum. 


7090a. Planorbis planissimus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 88. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: In Catalog IV as number 7091, q.v. 

7091. Planorbis planissimus Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 69. Nomen nudum. NOTE: No 

description of this species by Mousson has been located. = Planorbis planissimus Clessin, 1884: 165. Clessin 

attributed to Mousson with reference to Schmeltz’s listing. Also see number 7090a. 

7095. Hydrocena obscura Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 74. Nomen nudum. 




7105. Telescopium fuscum Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 81, with “Trochus telescopium L.” and “Trochus 

indicator Mtf. “ in synonymy. Nomen nudum.—Telescopium fuscum Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 114. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Telescopium telescopium (Linnaeus, 1758). 

7108. Mitra (Nebularia) coronata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 83, 136; 1874[V]: 117; 1877[VI]: 105, with 

“M. aurora Dohrn” as a synonym on page 136 in 1869; not in a subgenus in 1874. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Mitra coronata Lamarck, 1811. 

7117. Oliva (Porphyria) mauritiana Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 136—Dactylus mauritianus Mart[ini], 

Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 117. With 6 names in synonymy in 1869, including O. vidua. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. = Oliva vidua (Röding, 1798). 

7119. Ancilla (Ancillaria) torosa Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 136; 1874[V]: 116, with “A. mauritiana Sow.” 

and “A. volutella Desh.” in synonymy in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s name is not available. = Ancillaria mauritiana G.B. Sowerby I, 1830. 

7123. Mitra adusta Martin[i], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 136; 1874[V]: 117. In subgenus Nebularia in 1869. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. = Mitra adusta Lamarck, 1811, now placed by Cernohorsky (1967) in 

the synonymy of Mitra erimitarum Röding, 1798. 

7128. Conus (Stephanoconus) peplum Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 134. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Conus peplum G.B. Sowerby II, 1857. 

7130. Conus (Puncticulis) ceylonicus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 138; 1874[V]: 134. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Conus ceylonicus G.B. Sowerby II, 1857. 

7131. Leptoconus cassis Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 135, with “C. acuminatus Hw.” in synonymy. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s name is not available and cassis has never been used as a species name in Conidae. It is 

assumed that the species is Conus acuminatus Hwass in Brugière, 1792. 

7144. Tapes adspersa Chemn[itz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 111, with “V. literata var. Gm.” as a synonym. Nomen 

nudum.—Tapes punctata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 170, with Catalog IV listing in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s names are not available. The correct name for this species is Tapes literatus (Linnaeus, 

1758). 

7176. Cyrena rugulosa Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 112; 1874[V]: 170. Nomen nudum. 


7184. Cyclina chinensis Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 111; 1874[V]: 170. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Cyclina sinensis (Gmelin, 1791). It is number 4 in Catalog 

[III]: 43, q.v. 

7185. Tellina interrupta Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 108; 1874[V]: 168. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Solander’s name is not available. The first of two synonyms listed by Schmeltz, T. listeri Röding [as 

Bolt.], 1798 is the correct name for this species. 

7194. Chione peronii Lam[arck], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 168. 

NOTE: In an addenda on page 212 Schmeltz notes that the correct genus for this species is Katelyia [sic, an 

error for Katelysia Römer, 1857]. 

7215. Columbella (Anachis) dora O. Semp[er], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 126, with “Columbella pumila Souv[erbie & 

Montrouzier]1863 non Columbella pumila Dkr. [= Dunker] 1860” in synonymy. 

NOTE: No description or use of this name by Semper has been located. This is a replacement name for the 

preoccupied C. pumila Souverbie in Souverbie & Montrouzier and is Columbella (Anachis) dora Schmeltz, 

1874. However, a replacement name had already been provided: Columbella regulus Souverbie in Souverbie & 

Montrouzier, 1864. 

7216. Volvaria crystallina Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 115. Nomen nudum. 


7216a. Volvaria crystallina Dkr. [= Dunker] sp.? aff. V. minima Guild[ing], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 115. Nomen 

nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. The name minima attributed to Guilding does not 

appear in Tomlin’s list of the Marginellidae although he treated the preceding item. 

7220. Tellina (Angulus) samoensis Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 167. Nomen nudum. 


7233. Patella spinulosa Meusch[en], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 149. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Meuschen’s name is not available. The Godeffroy specimens from Samoa must remain unknown until 

material with original labeling is found. 


BIELER & PETIT

7234. Callista (Cytherea) peasei Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 169, with “C. kingii Desh. Mus. Godeffroy 

Cat. IV [3346a]” in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of C. peasei by Dunker has been located. Deshayes (1863: 59) did not introduce the 

name C. kingii but he properly attributed it to Gray who described it as Cytherea kingii Gray, 1826. The latter 

name is in current use as Callista (Notocallista) kingii (Gray in King, 1827) [sic; = Gray, 1826] by Huber 

(2010: 408). 

7306. Mitra versicolor Martyn, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 117. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Mitra nubila (Gmelin, 1791). 

7310. Bursa garretti Nobis, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 139. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. The footnote “R. rosea Reeve vero simil.” is not 

sufficient to validate the name. 

7620. Nubecula obscura Humph[rey], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 135. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Humphrey’s name is not available. This species was named Conus obscurus G. B. Sowerby I, 1833a 

who referenced Humphrey. 

7636. Nanina kermandecana Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 91. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: This is an error of spelling and authorship. It was introduced as Helix kermandeci Pfeiffer, 1857 from 

the same location. It was later treated as Microystis kermandeci Pfeiffer by Mousson (1873: 111). 

7640. Leptoconus pertusus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 136. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Conus pertusus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792. 

7641. Cypraea tabescens Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 137. Nomen nudum.—Cypraea teres var. tabescens 

Sol[ander], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 107. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Solander’s name is not available. It was made available as Cypraea tabescens Dillwyn, 1817 and is 

currently placed in synonymy of Cypraea teres Gmelin, 1791. 

7895. Mitra tessellata Martyn, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 117; 1877[VI]: 86. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Mitra incompta [Lightfoot, 1786]. 

7931. Partula protea Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 92. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of P. fusca Pease, 1866 by Garrett 

(1884: 71). 

7935. Partula huahinensis Garr[ett] i.l. cum var., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 92. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Garrett. Listed by Garrett (1884: 78) as a nomen nudum in synonymy of P. varia 

Broderip, 1832. Schmeltz (1874[V]: 97) listed number 7935 as “Partula pulchra Pse. cum. var.” See number 8512. 

7938. Partula crassa Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 92. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Pease’s MS. name placed in synonymy of Patula 

otaheitana (Bruguière) by Garrett (1884: 46–47). 

7940. Partula sinistrorsa Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 92. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of P. otaheitana Bruguière, 1792 

by Garrett (1884: 46). 

7943. Patula incerta Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. i.l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 93. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Schmeltz’s listing placed in synonymy of Patula 

parvidens (Pease, 1861b) by Garrett (1884: 31). 

7952. Patula tahitiensis Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 93. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Pease used the name tahitensis [sic] for several species, 

but not for an endodontoid. 

7958. Hydrocena tahitiensis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 104. Nomen nudum. 


7974. Strombus (Monodactylus) adustus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 148, with “S. melanostomus Sws. [= 

Swainson]” in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. The earliest available name for this species is Strombus aratrum 

(Röding, 1798); not aratrum Martyn which is number 1865. 

8056. Helicina altivaga Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. i.l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 99. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Garrett (1887c: 152) stated “this species was neither described nor figured.” It was described as 

Helicina altivaga Ancey, 1889: 205. Ancey gave a direct reference to the Godeffroy Catalog. 

8088. Engina rarotongensis Nobis, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 127. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. In his catalog of Columbellidae, Pace (1902: 128) listed 

as “raratongensis [sic] Schmaltz [sic]” with a query. Not found elsewhere except in Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 88 

where it is 9088, q.v. 



8132. Amphipeplea acuta Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. i. l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 89. Nomen nudum. 


8400. Helix albomarginata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. i.l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 95. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in the synonymy of Varohadra oconnellensis 

(Cox, 1871) by Iredale (1933) when he described the genus Varohadra. 

8402. Helix basalis Mss. [= Mousson] var., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 97. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: See number 5282a. 

8416. Helicina testudinalis Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. i.l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 99. Nomen nudum. 


8426. Tahitia moussoni O. Semper, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 102. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Made available as Scalinella moussoni Garrett, 1884: 

100. 

8434. Partula cognata Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 92. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of P. rosea Broderip, 1832 by 

Garrett (1884: 67). 

8440. Patula acuticosta Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 93. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. = Patula acuticosta Garrett, 1884: 30, “ex. 

Mousson, MS.” 

8441. Patula intermixta Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 93. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of Endodonta fabrefacta (Pease, 

1864) by Garrett (1884: 30). 

8443. Helicina decolorata Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. i.l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 99. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of H. inconspicua Pfeiffer, 1848 

[sic; = 1849] by Garrett (1884: 103). 

8446. Melania societalis Mss. [= Mousson] i. l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 110. Nomen nudum. 


8512. Partula pulchra Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 92, 97, as “sp. nov., P. pulchra var. Pse.” on p. 97. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of P. varia Broderip, 1832 by 

Garrett (1884: 78). Schmeltz also listed number 7935 as “Partula pulchra Pse. cum var.” 

8528. Patula acutior Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp. i.l., Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 94. Nomen nudum. 


8530. Patula modicella Fér[ussac] var. pallida? [no author], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 94. Nomen nudum. 


8532. Nanina subcicercula Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 91. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. Name made available by Garrett (1881: 

362). See Taxa Note 4. 

8535. Assiminea ovata Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 103. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. This listing placed in synonymy of Assiminea nitida 

Pease, 1864 [sic; =1865a] by Garrett (1887c: 152). 

8541. Garrettia**) rotella Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 100. 

NOTE: The footnote **) states: “gen. nov. O. Semper in litt.” The genus Garrettia is attributable to Paetel 

(1873: 17, 124). Wenz (1939: 639) designated Pterocyclos parva Pease, 1865b as type species of Garrettia 

Paetel, 1873. 

8551. Helicina straminea Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 99. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of H. flavescens Pease, 1868b by 

Garrett (1881: 407; 1884: 101). 

8582. Patula aitutakiana Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 94. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. Placed in synonymy of Pitys imperforata 

(Pease, 1870) by Garrett (1881: 389). 

8583. Patula sublaminata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 94. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. Placed in synonymy of Patula rudis 

Garrett, 1872 with a query by Garrett (1881: 387). 

8687. Rissoina curta Sow[erby]?, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 104. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Sowerby, this is a manuscript name used by Mohrenstern (1860: 107) in synonymy. 

8688. Echinella grandinata Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 105. Nomen nudum. 


BIELER & PETIT

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Tectarius grandinata (Gmelin, 1791). 

8695. Mamma pes-elephantis Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 107. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Natica peselephanti Link, 1807. 

8711. Eulima contracta O. Semp[er], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 108, with “E. inflexa Pse *)” in synonymy. 

NOTE: The footnote *) states that the name “inflexa” was used by Deshayes in 1835. That attribution is in error 

as explained by Warén (1981: 150) who showed that Pease’s name is not preoccupied. Under I.C.Z.N. (1999) 

Art. 59.3 Eulima inflexa Pease, 1868 would be “permanently invalid unless the substitute name is not in use 

and the relevant taxa are no longer considered congeneric.” That is the case here as Warén, who treated the 

species as Pavioris inflexa (Pease, 1867 [sic; =1868c]), did not accept the substitute name. Warén cited the 

Godeffroy Catalog as the origin of Eulima contracta Schmeltz, 1874 but attributed it to Semper. The correct 

name for the species is Pavioris inflexa (Pease) as used by Warén. 

8782. Bittium upolense Nob[is], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 113. Nomen nudum.—Bittium upolensis [sic] Nobis, 

Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 104. Nomen nudum. 


8812. Turricula (Costellaria) cruentata Chem[nitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 119; 1879[VII]: 87. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Vexillum cruentata (Gmelin, 1791). 

8815. Pendactylus scti. mauritii [sic] Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 122, with “Ricinula concatenata Blv. var.” 

in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Name made available as Buccinum s. mauritii [sic; = sanctimauritii] 

Gmelin, 1791. Placed in the genus Pollia by Gray (1839: 112). No current use of the name has been located. 

8832. Turricula (Costellaria) emiliae Nobis, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 119, with “M. plicatula Pse. [= Turricula 

plicatula Pease, 1868a] *)” in synonymy. 

NOTE: The footnote states that “plicatula” was used for a Mitra by Brocchi, 1814 [Voluta plicatula Brocchi, 

1814]. Vexillum emiliae (Schmeltz, 1874) is in use but sometimes attributed to Garrett, 1880 in error although 

Garrett (1880: 45) correctly attributed the name to Schmeltz and gave a complete reference. 

8843. Murex (Ocinebra) schmeltzianus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 131. Nomen nudum. 


8848. Latirus nodatus Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 128. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Benimakia nodata (Gmelin, 1791). 

8856. Murex hystrix Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 130. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. This is Murex scolopax Dillwyn, 1817. 

8873. Strombus (Monodactylus) tricornis Mart[ini], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 142. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martini’s name is not available. = Strombus tricornis [Lightfoot, 1786]. 

8874. Gladius magnus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 141; with “Rostellaria curvirostris Lam.” in synonymy. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is Tibia insulaechorab Röding, 1798. 

8929. Malleus albus Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 176. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Malleus albus Lamarck, 1819. 

9037. Cithara elegans Garr[ett] (Msc.), Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 89. Nomen nudum. 


9088. Engina rarotongensis Nobis, Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 88. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: There is no description. No other record of this name has been located except in Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 

127 where it appeared as number 8088, q.v. 

9207. Amycla minuta Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 87 [as number 3624]. Nomen nudum.—Amycla 

sublaevis Mont[rouzier in Souverbie & Montrouzier], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 127; with “A. minuta Dkr. [= 

Dunker] M. God. Cat. IV.” in synonymy. 

NOTE: No description of A. minuta by Dunker has been located. The species is Columbella (Pisania?) 

sublaevis Montrouzier in Souverbie & Montrouzier, 1864. 

9209. Columbella (Mitrella) pellucida Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88 [as number 3623a]. Nomen 

nudum.—Amycla sublaevis Montr[ouzier] var. minor [no author], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 127, with “Mitrella 

pellucida Dkr. Mus. Godeffroy Cat. IV” in synonymy. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of C. pellucida by Dunker has been located. Possibly an error for C. pellucida Pease, 

1861a. The varietal name minor has been used in Columbellidae at least nine times, none seeming to fit here. 

9214. Columbella (Anachis) semen Dkr. [= Dunker] n. sp., Schmeltz, 1869[IV]: 88 [as number 1811a]; 1874[V]: 



9288. Natica hieroglyphica Garr[ett] Msc., Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 85. Nomen nudum. 




9342. Nerita costata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 143. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Nerita costata Gmelin, 1791. 

9370. Clanculus godeffroyi Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 123. Nomen nudum. 


9372. Clanculus lugubris Dkr. [= Dunker] *), Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 123. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Dunker has been located. The footnote [*)] states: “Trochus radula 

Parr[eyss] vero simill.” 

9380. Pecten nigromaculatus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 97. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Dunker. Name made available as Pecten nigromaculatus Kobelt in Küster & 

Kobelt, 1888, ex Dunker MSS. Now (e.g., Dijkstra & Köhler 2008) placed in synonymy of Coralichlamys 

madreporarum (G.B. Sowerby II, 1842). However, that species is in Catalog 1874[V]: 177 as number 3642. 

9381. Pecten sulphureus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 177; 1877[VI]: 97. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Dunker. Name made available as Pecten sulphureus Kobelt in Küster & Kobelt, 

1888, ex Dunker MSS., now (e.g., Dijkstra & Kilburn 2001: 294; as Semipallium) placed in synonymy of 

Pascahinnites coruscans (Hinds, 1845). 

9387. Pecten glaucinus Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 177. Nomen nudum. 


9470. Pinna bicolor Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 176. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Pinna bicolor Gmelin, 1791. 

9472. Barbatia wendtii Nobis, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 173; 1877[VI]: 96; as “Nobis” only in 1874. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Schmeltz, the name was made available by Lamy and the species is now Miratacar 

wendti (Lamy, 1907). 

9573. Purpura (Polytropa) crispata Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 123. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. His figures named Murex crispatum (Holten, 1802), a synonym of 

Nucella lamellosa (Gmelin, 1791). 

9601. Cardium (Cerastoderma) corbis Martyn, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 171. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. This species is usually considered to be Clinocardium nuttalli (Conrad, 

1837). 

9618. Ziziphinus costatus Martyn, Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 147, with “Z. filosus Gld. Rv. sp. 27” in 

synonymy.—Calliostoma costatum Mart[yn], 1877[VI]: 90. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. This is Calliostoma ligatum (Gould, 1849). 

9664. Columbella concinna Dkr. [= Dunker], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 126, with “C. elegantula Dkr. [= Dunker] i.l.” in 


NOTE: No description of either C. concinna or C. elegantula by Dunker has been located. See number 6613 for 

a prior listing of Columbella concinna. 

9678. Tellina (Psammotella) rufescens Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 167, with “T. opercularis Sow.” in 


NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. = Psammotella cruenta [Lightfoot, 1786]. 

9679. See number 1041. Not to be confused with following entry. 

9679. Scala tenuicostata Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 105. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Garrett has been located. Possibly an error for Scalaria tenuicostata 

G.B. Sowerby II, 1844. 

9738. Partula callistoma Pfr. [= Pfeiffer], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 207; 1877[VI]: 81. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of P. callifera Pfeiffer, 1856 [sic ; 

=1857] by Garrett (1884: 60). 

9744. Partula labiata Pse. [= Pease] (Mscr.), Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 207; 1877[VI]: 80, with “(Mscr.)” only in 1874. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. This reference placed in synonymy of Partula 

dentifera Pfeiffer, 1852 [sic; =1854] by Garrett (1884: 68). 

9749. Partula globosa Pse. [= Pease] (Mscr.), Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 207; 1877[VI]: 80, with “(Mscr.)” only in 1874. 

Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. This reference placed in synonymy of Partula hebe 

(Pfeiffer, 1846b) by Garrett (1884: 53). 

9752. Partula approximata Pse. [= Pease] (Mscr.), Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 207; 1877[VI]: 80, with “(Mscr.)” only in 



BIELER & PETIT

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. This reference placed in synonymy of Partula vittata 

Pease, 1866 by Garrett (1884: 75). 

9759. Partula virginea Pse. [= Pease], 1877[VI]: 81. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Pease has been located. Name made available as Partula virginea 

Garrett, 1884: 61. 

9760. Omphalotropis boraborensis Pse. [sic], 1877[VI]: 84. Not described by Pease who correctly attributed it to 

Dohrn. 

NOTE: = Omphalotropis boraborensis Dohrn, 1859. 

9764. Gadinia varia Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 208 ; 1877[VI]: 85. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Garrett (1878 : 335) stated that he had distributed specimens under this name but identified them as 

being the same as “Sowerby’s reticulata collected in California”. This synonymy was corrected by Rehder 

(1980: 99) who placed Garrett’s unavailable name in the synonymy of Trimusculus odhneri (Hubendick, 

1946). 

9768. Chromodoris incarnata Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 93. Nomen nudum. 


9876. Helicina bella Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 83. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Placed in synonymy of H. maugeriae albinea Pease, 

1872 by Garrett (1884: 101). 

10011. See number 7641. 

10433. Clausilia tridens Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 80. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. Listed in current publications as Nenia bidens (Schweigger, 1820). 

10468. Planaxis pygmaea Garrett, Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 81. Nomen nudum. 


10469. Placostylus vitiensis Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 81. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Placostylus vitiensis Garrett, 1887a. 

11030. Scutellina squamosa Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 91. Nomen nudum. 


12513. Calliostoma canaliculatum Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 90. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Calliostoma canaliculatum [Lightfoot, 1786]. 

12649. Cylindrella gracilis Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 80 (from Jamaica). Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. This is considered to be an error for Cylindrella gracilis (Wood, 

1828) which is also from Jamaica. 

12862. Calliostoma annulatum Mart[yn], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 90. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Calliostoma annulatum [Lightfoot, 1786]. 

14207. Strigatella zebra Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 1054. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Garrett has been located. It is more probably an error for Mitra zebra 

Lamarck, 1811 than for Mitra zebrina Garrett, 1873, which is a species of Vexillum. 

14241. Pollia lineata Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 106. Nomen nudum. 


14248. Trivia scabriuscula Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 107. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species by Garrett has been located. Possibly an error for Trivia scabriuscula 

(Gray, 1827). 

14250. Turbonilla vitiensis Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 104. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Garrett. Made available as Turbonilla (Lancella) vitiensis Pilsbry, 1918 who 

referenced a Garrett label. 

14293. Fossarus candidus Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 90. Nomen nudum. 


14297. Cyclostrema lyricincta Garr[ett], Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 107. Nomen nudum. 


14317. Ninella staminea Martyn, Schmeltz, 1877[VI]: 107. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Martyn’s name is not available. = Turbo torquata Gmelin, 1791. 

14462. Onchidium Dämeli [sic; = daemeli] Semp[er], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 86. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Onchidium daemeli Semper, 1882. 

14464. Onchidium ambiguum Semp[er], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 86. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Onchidium ambiguum Semper, 1880. 

14737. Melania expressa Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 87. Nomen nudum. 



NOTE: Never described by Mousson. His M. expressa was included in the synonymy of M. kubaryi Brot, 1886 

when that species was described. 

14738. Melania kubaryi Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 87. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Mousson. Name made available as Melania kubaryi Brot, 1886. 

14741. Melania dextroversa Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 87. Nomen nudum. 


14743. Neritella (Neritina) multisulcata Semp[er], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 88. Nomen nudum. 


14744. Neritella australis Ch[emnitz], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 88. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Chemnitz’s name is not available. ?= Neritina brevispina Lamarck, 1822. 

14746. Neritella pervariabilis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 88. Nomen nudum. 


14756. Melampus pelewanus Mss. [= Mousson] n. sp.?, Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 86. Nomen nudum. 


14775. Pupina subplicata Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 86. Nomen nudum. 


14776. Pupina aperta Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 86. Nomen nudum. 


14780. Optediceras [sic; = -eros] societatis Mss. [= Mousson] (sp. nov.?), Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 87. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: No description of this species has been located. Thiele (1927: 129) described Paludinella semperi n. sp. 

based on material collected by Semper on Palau and by Finsch on Jaluit, and on page 130 he added 

[translated]: “Two Huahine shells from the Museum Godeffroy, which had been labelled with the name 

Optediceros societatis Mss, belong to P. semperi; the species had not yet been named.” 

14785. Partula formosa Pse. [= Pease], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 85. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: Never described by Pease. = Partula formosa Garrett, 1884: 60, (ex. Pease MS.). 

14801. Zonites porcatus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 85, with “Z. schmeltziana Garr. Msc.” in 


NOTE: No description of this species by Mousson has been located. Zonites schmeltziana Garrett, 1887 was 

introduced with no mention of any other name or the Museum Godeffroy. 

14807. Melampus pallidulus Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 84. Nomen nudum. 


14820. Pythia infidelis Mss. [= Mousson], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 84. Nomen nudum. 


15295. Onchidium reticulatum Semp[er], Schmeltz, 1879[VII]: 86. Nomen nudum. 

NOTE: = Onchidium reticulatum Semper, 1882. 

Molluscan taxa and nomina nuda in the Journal des Museum Godeffroy (JMG) 

The majority of new molluscan taxa were introduced by Bergh in a four-part series on the nudibranchs of the South 

Sea. It must be noted that Bergh kept listing his taxa as “n. sp.” often long after they had been formally described in 

these and other publications. An additional complication is caused by the fact that Bergh near-simultaneously 

published on the same taxa in another complex multi-year publication series edited by Carl Gottfried Semper 

(1867–1916) as “Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen”; Bergh’s series therein was likewise called “Malacologische 

Untersuchungen” (e.g., Bergh 1870–1878). His cross references among these and other contemporary publications 

were not always correct, and priority issues are at times difficult to disentangle. As will be shown below, the first 

three parts of Bergh’s nudibranch treatment in the Journal were published in 1873, 1874, and 1875, respectively. 

He expected the fourth part, with a treatment of Chromodoris, to appear in 1876 and often referred to that work as 

if it were already published in his other works of that time (e.g., 1876; 1877a). However, publication of that 

frequently referenced article was delayed until JMG Heft 14, in 1879. 

For example, Bergh (1879a: 3) considered Goniodoris picturata Mörch, 1863 preoccupied by Pterodoris 

picturata Ehrenberg, 1831 and introduced a replacement name, Chromodoris moerchii [as mörchii] for it. 

However, Bergh had taken this step previously in the Jahrbücher (1877a: 56). In that article, he referred to his 

“earlier” action in this matter, stated to be in the “Journ. d. Mus. Godeffroy. Heft XII. 1877” (the issue that 

ultimately appeared in Heft XIV in 1879). The list of molluscan taxa introduced in the Journal (see below) 

investigates such priority issues. 


BIELER & PETIT

Taxa still incorrectly listed as “n. sp.“ after they had already been described, and taxa introduced by other 

authors incorrectly annotated with Bergh’s name are not listed herein. 

The following lists those molluscan names that where first made available in the Journal, as well as those that 

were indicated as new descriptiona but had in fact been published elsewhere. Bold face font indicates the original 

binomen and author/date combination when first made available. Text and figure references to that taxon in the 

JMG are given, with the alternate number in the dual pagination scheme in [brackets]. When provided in the 

original, the original local and collector (often Garrett or Graeffe) are also stated. Because of the complexities 

involving near-simultaneously published and previously ill-dated works, additional commentary is made. 

“Asteronotus mabilla Bergh”—described as such by Bergh (1878b: 627, 644, 645), and Bergh 1879a (JMG, 5(14): 

50, pl. 5, figs. 19–23), the former citing Bergh (1877b; no description therein) and an anatomically “wrong” 

description of this species by Abraham (1877: 249). First described as Doris mabilla Abraham, 1877 (1877: 249, 

pl. 28, figs. 1–4); Abraham had adopted Bergh’s manuscript name from label information at the British Museum. 

Considered valid by Sachidhanandam et al. (2000: 524) as “Asteronotus mabila [sic] Bergh, 1878 (apparently no 

published figure exists)”, but treated as a synonym of Asteronotus cespitosus (van Hasselt, 1824) by others 

(McDonald, 2009: 356). 

Cerberilla Bergh, 1873, as “n. gen.”; JMG 1(2) 1873a: 160 [88]. Type species by monotypy, Cerberilla 

longicirrha Berg, 1873. 

Cerberilla longicirrha Bergh, 1873, as “n. sp.”; JMG 1(2) 1873a: 161–164 [88–92], pl. 11, fig. 27; pl. 12, figs. 

6–16. Upolu, Samoa (Graeffe, coll.).—JMG 3(6) 1874c: 115, pl. 3, figs. 1–3. 

Chromodoris (Goniodoris) albolineata [as albo-lineata] Bergh, 1879, as of “v. Martens in sched.” JMG 5(14) 

1879a: 5. Based on specimens in the Berlin Museum. Rudman (1982: 196) placed in synonymy of Chromodoris 

lineolata (van Hasselt, 1824). 

Chromodoris albonotata [as albo-notata] Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 208 [76], 227, pl. 7, fig. 

1.—JMG, 5(14) 1879a: 5, 6, 48, pl. 3, figs. 15–17. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.). Accepted as valid species by Rudman 

(1986a: 165). 

Chromodoris annae Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 205 [73]; nomen nudum. With footnote on page 205 

[73] stating that new species not formally described in the remainder of the article will be introduced in a later part 

of the Journal or in Heft 10 of Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen in Semper’s ‘Reisen’. Described as 

Chromodoris annae Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 473, 474, pl. 51, figs. 11–23). Accepted as valid species by Rudman 

(1982: 210). 

Chromodoris calensis Bergh, 1879, as “n. sp.”; JMG, 5(14) 1879a: 3; nomen nudum. With footnote on p. 3 stating 

that this species will be published in Bergh’s “nudibranchiate Gastraeopoda [sic] of the North Pacific”, as part of 

Dall’s Exploration of Alaska. Described as Chromodoris californiensis Bergh, 1879 (Bergh, 1879c, d), but shown 

as Chromodoris calensis on pl. 14 [6] (1880a), figs. 5–15). Bergh (1880a: 274, under “Errata for Part I”) stated 

“The specific name Californiensis (Chromodoris) was substituted in the printed text for Calensis, which appeared 

on the plate and in the manuscript under the idea that the latter was intended merely as an abbreviation”. Bertsch & 

Burn (1979: 255) petitioned the I.C.Z.N. “to place the specific name californiensis Bergh, 1879, as published in the 

binomen Chromodoris californiensis, on the Official List of Specific Names in Zoology”. I.C.Z.N. (1983) Opinion 

1253 rejected C. glauca Bergh, 1879 (1879b) and gave preference to, and placed on the Official List, Chromodoris 

californiensis Bergh, 1879 (1879c). Chromodoris calensis was not discussed. 

Chromodoris camoena Bergh, 1879, as “n. sp.”; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 2, 17, 18, 49, pl. 4, figs. 24–29. Tonga 

(Graeffe, coll.). McDonald (1990: 150) placed in Glossodoris. 

Chromodoris cantrainii Bergh, 1879; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 2. Listed with two references to “Goniodoris elegans, 

Cantr[aine]” in synonymy. Although not stated as such, Bergh apparently introduced a new name to replace Doris 



elegans Cantraine, 1835, the latter preoccupied by Doris elegans Quoy & Gaimard, 1832. Placed as Chromodoris 

cantraini [sic] Bergh, 1879 in synonymy of Hypselodoris picta (Schultz in Philippi, 1836) by Ortea et al. (1996: 43). 

Chromodoris? citrina Bergh, 1874, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(6) 1874c: 113, pl. 1, figs. 14–17. JMG 3(8) 1875b: 210 

[78]. A species different from Notodoris citrina Bergh, 1875 according to footnote in Bergh (1875b), JMG 3(8): 

196 [64]. Only known from original illustration. Rudman (1986c: 384) compared to Noumea crocea Rudman, 

1986, from which it differs in coloration. McDonald (2009: 151) placed in Glossodoris. 

Chromodoris dalli Bergh, 1879, as “n. sp.”; JMG, 5(14) 1879a: 3; nomen nudum. Footnote on p. 3 states that this 

species will be published in Bergh’s “nudibranchiate Gastraeopoda [sic] of the North Pacific”, as part of Dall’s 

Exploration of Alaska. Described as Chromodoris dalli Bergh, 1879 (1879c: 109–112, pl. 13 [5] (1880a), figs. 1–7 

[8–14]; pl. 14 (1880a), figs. 1–4; apparently simultaneously with an identical description in Bergh (1879d). Placed 

in Glossodoris by Rudman (1984: 156; 1986c: 180). 

Chromodoris elisabethina Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8): 205 [73]; nomen nudum. With footnote in Bergh 

(1875: 205 [73]) stating that new species not formally described in the remainder of the article will be introduced in 

a later part of the Journal or in Heft 10 of Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen in Semper’s ‘Reisen’. 

Described as Chromodoris elisabethina Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 466–473, pl. 51, figs. 6–15; pl. 53, fig. 28). Bergh 

(1877a: 75) stated “D[oris] sponsa E[hrenberg, 1831] = Chromodoris elisabethina, Bgh.” Accepted as valid 

species by Rudman (1982: 205). 

Chromodoris gloriosa Bergh, 1874, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(6) 1874c: 113, pl. 1, figs. 6–9.—JMG 3(8) 1875b: 205 

[73], 211–213 [79–81], 229 [97], 230 [98], pl. 9, figs. 19–31. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.). Synonymized under Noumea 

varians (Pease, 1871) by Rudman (1986b: 316). 

Chromodoris godeffroyana “Garrett“ Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 485, 493, with “Goniobranchus godeffroyana, Garr. 

Journ. D. Mus. Godeffroy. Heft XIV, 1877 [error for 1879] Taf. 1, Fig. 1–4“ in synonymy, the latter a MS name 

supplied by Garrett together with notes and field illustrations. Full description, as “n. sp.“ by Bergh (1879a), JMG 

5(14): 12–14, 46, 49, pl. 1, figs. 1–4; pl. 4, figs. 2–11, Huahine, Society Islands (Garrett, coll.). Placed as Risbecia 

godeffroyana ([Garrett MS] Bergh, 1877) by Rudman (1987: 373). 

Chromodoris histrio Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 205 [73]; nomen nudum. With footnote by Bergh 

(1875b: 205 [73]) stating that new species not formally described in the remainder of the article will be introduced 

in a later part of the Journal or in Heft 10 of Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen in Semper’s ‘Reisen’. 

Described as Chromodoris histrio Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 493). Full description in Bergh (1879a), JMG, 5(14): 8, 9, 

46, 48, pl. 1, figs. 9–12; pl. 3, figs. 10–14. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.). Placed in synonymy of Chromodoris rufomaculata 

Pease, 1871 by Rudman (1987: 352). 

Chromodoris lapinigensis Bergh, 1879, as “n. sp.”; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 3, 18, 19, 49, pl. 4, figs. 30–34. Lapinig, 

Philippines (Semper, coll.). Treated as Glossodoris by McDonald (2009: 160). 

Chromodoris luxuriosa Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8): 205 [73], 227 [95], pl. 7, fig. 2.—JMG 5(14) 1879a: 

7, 8, 48, pl. 3, figs. 2–9. Tahiti; Gilbert Islands (Garrett, coll.). Synonymized under Durvilledoris lemniscata (Quoy 

& Gaimard, 1832) by Rudman (1984: 292). 

Chromodoris moerchii Bergh, 1877 (1877a): 56. Nomen novum for Goniodoris picturata Mörch, 1863, non 

Pterodoris picturata Ehrenberg, 1831, which Bergh both considered to be species of Chromodoris.—JMG 5(14) 

1879a: 1, 3, 4.—JMG 5(14) 1879a: 47, 48 (as mörchii). Note: Bergh (1877a: 56) referred to JMG Heft 12 of 1877 

as containing the introduction of the new name. Publication of that part was delayed until Heft 14 in 1879. Treated 

as member of Glossodoris and misspelled as “moerchi” or “morchii” in subsequent literature. 


BIELER & PETIT

Chromodoris pallescens Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG, 3(8) 1875b: 213–214 [81–82], 227 [95], 229 [97], pl. 7, 

figs. 4 (multiple); pl. 9, figs. 11–18. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.).—JMG, 5(14) 1879a: 2. Considered a synonym of 

Chromodoris aspersa (Gould, 1852) by Rudman (1983: 145). 

Chromodoris pantharella Bergh, 1879, as “n. sp.”; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 3; nomen nudum. Described as Chromodoris 

pantharella Bergh, 1879 (1879b): 94–98, 114, 115, pl. 3 [sic], figs. 12–25). Considered valid by Sachidhanandam 

et al. (2000: 520). 

Chromodoris paupera Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 207 [75]; nomen nudum. With footnote on page 

205 [73] stating that new species not formally described in the remainder of the article will be introduced in a later 

part of the Journal or in Heft 10 of Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen in Semper’s ‘Reisen’. Described as 

Chromodoris paupera Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 484–486, pl. 53, figs. 15–27). Treated as Glossodoris by McDonald 

(2009: 165). 

Chromodoris? pusilla Bergh, 1874, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(6) 1874c: 113, pl. 1, fig. 18.—3(8) 1875b: 209 [77]. 

Treated as Durvilledoris pusilla (Bergh, 1874) by Rudman (1986b: 324; 1990: 287). 

Chromodoris pustulans Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 207 [75]; nomen nudum. With footnote on page 



Chromodoris pustulans Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 488–490, pl. 54, figs. 13–20). Cebu, Philippines (Semper, coll.). 

Treated as Glossodoris by McDonald (2009: 167). 

Chromodoris runcinata Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 207 [75]; nomen nudum. With footnote on page 



Chromodoris runcinata Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 479–481, pl. 51, figs. 32, 33; pl. 53, figs. 5–12). Considered a 

synonym of Hypselodoris infucata (Rüppell & Leuckart, 1830) by Johnson & Valdés (2001: 1374). 

Chromodoris scurra Bergh, 1874. Named as as “n. sp.” and illustrated in JMG 3(6) 1874c: 113, pl. 1, figs. 10–13; 

but previously introduced by Bergh (1874b: pl. 33, fig. 3 and caption).—JMG 3(8) 1875b: 205 [73], 210–211 

[78–79], 229 [97], pl. 9, figs. 5–10. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.).—JMG 5(14) 1879a: 1. Synonymized under Durvilledoris 

lemniscata (Quoy & Gaimard, 1832) by Rudman (1984: 292). 

Chromodoris semperi Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 207 [75]; nomen nudum. With footnote on page 



Chromodoris semperi Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 482–484, pl. 52, figs. 1, 2; pl. 53, figs. 13, 14; pl. 55, figs. 2–7). 

Considered a synonym of Hypselodoris infucata (Rüppell & Leuckart, 1830) by Johnson & Valdés (2001: 1374). 

Chromodoris striatella Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 205 [73]; nomen nudum. The species was 

described as Chromodoris lineolata Bergh, 1874 (1874b: plate 33, fig. 4 and caption) and formally renamed 

Chromodoris striatella Bergh, 1877 by Bergh (1877c: 474) who considered it preoccupied by Doris lineolata van 

Hasselt, 1824. Accepted as a valid species by Rudman (1982: 200). 

Chromodoris thalassopora Bergh, 1879, as “n. sp.”; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 2, 19–21, 50, pl. 4, figs. 35–40; pl. 5, figs. 

1, 2. Japanese Sea (Museum Copenhagen). Listed in Bergh (1877c: 466; nomen nudum). 

Chromodoris virginea Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 207 [75]; nomen nudum. With footnote on page 



Chromodoris virginea Bergh, 1877 (1877c: 486–488, pl. 33 [1874; not named thereon], fig. 10; pl. 54, figs. 5–12). 



Cyerce nigra [“Semper” Bergh, 1871] var. ocellata Bergh, 1873; JMG 1(2) 1873a: 155–158 [83–86], 165 [93], 

166 [94], pl. 9, figs. 8, 9; pl. 10, fig. 26; pl. 11, figs. 13–26 [labeled as Elysia nigropunctata on plate caption]; pl. 

12, figs. 2, 3. Samoa (Graeffe, coll.). 

Doriopsis affinis Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 216 [84], 225–227 [93–95], 231 [99], pl. 7, figs. 6 

(multiple), pl. 10, figs. 22, 23; pl. 11, fig. 2. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.). 

Doriopsis gibbulosa Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 218 [86]; nomen nudum. With footnote by Bergh 


in a later part of the Journal or in Heft 10 of Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen in Semper’s ‘Reisen’. 

Described as Doriopsis gibbulosa Bergh, 1879; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 27–29. New Caledonia (Copenhagen Museum). 

Doriopsis herpetica Bergh, 1879, as “n. sp.”; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 40, 41, 46, pl. 1, figs. 13–16. Gilbert Islands 

(Garrett, coll.). Bergh stated this to be a likely synonym of Doris compta Pease, 1872. 

Doriopsis maculigera Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 218 [86], 228 [96], pl. 8, fig. 33.—JMG 5(14) 

1879a: 34, 35. Aibukit, Philippines (Semper, coll.). 

Doriopsis modesta Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 218 [86]; nomen nudum. With footnote by Bergh 


in a later part of the Journal or in Heft 10 of Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen in Semper’s ‘Reisen’. Made 

available as Doriopsis modesta Bergh, 1877 (1877d: 519, 534–536, pl. 54 (1877c), figs. 21–25; pl. 55 (1877c), 

figs. 17–19). Masinloc, Philippines (Semper, coll.). Again described as “n. sp.” by Bergh 1879a; JMG 5(14): 22, 

31, 32, citing Bergh (1876: 386) in synonymy, but a nomen nudum therein. Treated as of 1876 by McDonald (2009: 

422) who synonymized under Dendrodoris cuprea Ehrenberg, 1877, a nominal species that Bergh (1879a: 31) had 

tentatively cited in synonymy. 

“Doriopsis nebulosa Bergh, 1875”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 227 [95], 232 [100], pl. 7, figs. 5 (multiple); pl. 11, fig. 24. 

Changed to Doriopsis nebulosa (Pease, 1860) by Bergh 1879a; JMG 5(14): 23, 24. Hexabranchus nebulosus 

Pease, 1860 was considered a synonym of Dendrodoris nigra (Stimpson, 1855) by Brodie et al. (1997: 408). 

Doriopsis nicobarica Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 218 [86]; nomen nudum. With footnote on page 



Doriopsis nicobarica Bergh, 1879; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 25–27, 47, pl. 2, figs. 8–12. Nicobares (Reinhardt, coll.). 

Doriopsis pellucida Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 218 [86]; nomen nudum. With footnote by Bergh 


a later part of the Journal or in Heft 10 of Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen in Semper’s ‘Reisen’. 

Described as Doriopsis pellucida Bergh, 1879; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 32, 33, citing Bergh (1876: 386) in synonymy, 

but a nomen nudum therein. Zamboanga, Philippines (Semper, coll.). 

Doriopsis pudibunda Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 218 [86]; nomen nudum. With footnote by Bergh 


a later part of the Journal or in Heft 10 of Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen in Semper’s ‘Reisen’. The 

species was described as Doriopsis pudibunda Bergh, 1879; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 33, 34, citing Bergh (1876: 387) in 

synonymy, but a nomen nudum therein. Philippines (Semper, coll.). 

Doriopsis semperi Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 218 [86], 228 [96], pl. 8, fig. 31.—JMG, 5(14) 

1879a: 29–31. Cebu, Philippines (Semper, coll.). Predates treatment by Bergh (1876: 386). 


BIELER & PETIT

Doriopsis spiculata Bergh, 1876. The full description, as “n. sp.”, appeared in JMG 5(14) 1879a: 37, 38, 47, pl. 2, 

figs. 13–15. However, Bergh (1876: 387) had listed the name and given a minimal description by mentioning that 

the taxon differs in “its richness of the dorsal skin on the spicules” [our translation], which qualifies under ICZN 

rules as meeting requirements of a description. 

Doriopsis tristis Bergh, 1874. Shown as “n. sp.” with full description in Bergh (1875b), JMG 3(8): 216 [84], 

223–225 [91–93], 231 [99], 232 [100], pl. 11, figs. 3–7; but previously introduced by Bergh (1874b: pl. 33, fig. 9 

and caption). Camigiun, Philippines; Palau (Semper, coll.).—JMG, 5(14) 1879a: 47, pl. 2, fig. 17. 

Doridopsis vidua Bergh, 1879, as “n. sp.”; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 35, 36, 46, 47, pl. 1, figs. 17–20; pl. 2, fig. 16. Tahiti 

(Garrett, coll.). 

Doris “(Gen.?)” punctulifera Bergh, 1874, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(6) 1874c: 113, pl. 1, figs. 19–20.—Chromodoris? 

punctulifera—JMG 3(8) 1875b: 209 [77]. Considered a probable synonym of Chromodoris aspersa (Gould, 1852) 

by Rudman (1983: 145). 

Doris schmeltziana “Garrett” Bergh, 1875; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 228 [96], pl. 8, figs. 34–37. Bergh (1877a: 61) 

listed it as “Discodoris (Dendrodoris) schmeltziana (Garr.) n. sp.” and Bergh (1877d: 519) as “Discodoris 

schmeltziana (Garr.) n. sp.”, the latter with a footnote that the actual description would follow in a future number of 

JMG, where Bergh published it as Discodoris schmeltziana “(Garrett)”; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 50, pl. 5, figs. 9–15. The 

1875 introduction seems to have been overlooked. Rudman (2005: 1) stated: “Although published as a name in a 

list in Bergh, 1877, Discodoris schmeltziana was not properly described until 1880.” Listed as of Garrett by Bergh, 

this name must be attributed to Bergh (1875). 

Doris “(N. g.?)” tessellata Bergh, 1879; JMG 5(14) 1879a: 50, pl. 5, figs, 16–18. A more detailed description, as 

Dictyodoris tessallata Bergh “n. sp.“, was provided by Bergh (1880b: 75–78, pl. C, figs. 11, 12; pl. F, figs. 22, 23). 

Echinodoris Bergh, 1874, as “n. gen.”; JMG 3(6) 1874c: 109. Type species by monotypy, Doris eolida Quoy & 

Gaimard, 1832. Rudman (1985: 9) pointed out that Bergh misidentified the type species and refers most probably 

to Cadlinella hirsuta Rudman, 1995. Rudman stated that he was submitting to the I.C.Z.N. a proposal “that 

Echinodoris should be treated as a junior objective synonym of Ceratodoris [Gray, 1850; also with Doris eolida as 

its type], and in the interests of nomenclatural stability not be considered available to replace Cadlinella”. He also 

planned to request “that both Echinodoris and Ceratodoris … be suppressed” in favor of another name (1985: 9).” 

We have not located such an I.C.Z.N. proposal or resulting decisions. This matter could also be resolved by 

specialists by applying options in I.C.Z.N. (1999) Art. 70.3.1. 

Miamira Bergh, 1874. Shown as “Nov. Gen.” in JMG 3(6) 1874c: 113; but previously introduced by Bergh 

(1874b: caption to pl. 33). Type species by monotypy, Miamira nobilis Bergh, 1874.—JMG, 3(8) 1875b: 185 [53]. 

Valdés & Gosliner (1999) synonymized under Ceratosoma Gray, 1850. 

Miamira nobilis Bergh, 1874. Shown as “Nov. Sp.” in JMG 3(6) 1874c: 113, 116, pl. 1, fig. 5; pl. 4, figs. 29–33; 

but previously introduced by Bergh (1874b: pl. 33, fig. 2 and caption).—JMG 3(8) 1875b: 185–195 [53–63], 

227–229 [95–97], pl. 8, figs. 1–30, pl. 9, figs. 1–4. Masinloc, Philippines (Semper, coll.), Albay, Philippines (Jagor, 

coll.), Upolo, Samoa (Graeffe, coll.). Valdés & Gosliner (1999: 34) synonymized Miamira nobilis Bergh, 1875 

under Ceratosoma sinuata (van Hasselt, 1824). 

Notodoris Bergh, 1875, as “Nov. Gen.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 196 [64]. Type species by monotypy, Notodoris citrina 

Bergh, 1875. Synonymized under Aegires Lovén, 1844 by Fahey & Gosliner (2004: 618). 

Notodoris citrina Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 196–199 [64–67], 230 [98], pl. 9, figs. 32–45, pl. 10, 

figs. 1–8. Type species of Notodoris. A species different from Chromodoris citrina Bergh, 1874 according to 

footnote on p. 196. Accepted as Aegiris citrinus (Bergh, 1875) by Fahey & Gosliner (2004: 663). 



Orodoris Bergh, 1875, as “Nov. Gen.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 199 [67]. Type species by monotypy, Orodoris 

miamirana Bergh, 1875. Valdés & Gosliner (1999) synonymized under Ceratosoma Gray, 1850. 

Orodoris miamirana Bergh, 1875, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(8) 1875b: 199–203 [67–71], 227 [95], 231 [99], pl. 7, figs. 3 

(multiple), pl. 10, figs. 9–20. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.). Recognized by Valdés & Gosliner (1999: 37) as Ceratosoma 

miamirana (Bergh, 1875). 

Phestilla Bergh, 1874, as “Nov. Gen.“; JMG 3(6) 1874c: 91, 114. Type species by original designation (I.C.Z.N. 

1999 Art. 68.2.1.), Phestilla melanobrachia Bergh, 1874. 

Phestilla melanobrachia Bergh, 1874, as “n. sp.”; JMG 3(6) 1874c: 91–95, 114, pl. 2, figs. 1–14. Philippines 

(Semper, coll.). 

Phyllidia loricata Bergh, 1873, as “n. sp.”; JMG 1(2) 1873a: 138 [66], 144–147 [72–75]. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.). 

Accepted as valid species Phyllidiopsis loricata (Bergh, 1873) by Brunckhorst (1993: 68). 

Phyllidia rosans Bergh, 1873, as “n. sp.”; JMG 1(2) 1873a: 138 [66], 139–144 [67–72], 165 [93], 166 [94], pl. 9, 

figs. 1–4; pl. 10, figs. 1–18. Tahiti (Garrett, coll.). Misspelled as P. “rosacea” in the Zoological Record (Martens 

1875: 153). Accepted as valid species Phyllidiopsis rosans (Bergh, 1873) by Brunckhorst (1993: 56). 

Plakobranchus chlorophacus Bergh, 1873, as “n. sp.”; JMG 1(2) 1873a: 148–151 [76–79], 165–167 [93–95], pl. 

9, figs. 5, 6; pl. 10, figs. 22–25; pl. 11, figs. 3–6. Huahine, Society Islands (Garrett, coll.). 

Vaginulus australis Heynemann, 1876, as “n. sp.”; JMG 5(12): 159. Queensland, Australia (Dämel, coll.). Now 

placed in genus Atopos, Rathouisiidae. 

Patronyms for collectors and other museum personnel 

Most of the Museum-Godeffroy contributors and other personnel were honored in patronyms by the describers of 

new taxa from the museum collections. Some 35 new animal and plant names were introduced for Godeffroy alone 

(Scheps, 2005: 59). Among molluscan taxa, we find names such as Diplommatina godeffroyana Mousson, 1870; 

Neritina godeffroyana Mousson, 1869; Pecten schmeltzii Kobelt in Küster & Kobelt, 1888; Navicella schmeltziana 

Mousson, 1870; Nanina schmeltziana Mousson, 1865; Melania lutosa Gould var. graeffei Mousson, 1869; Patula 

graeffei Mousson, 1869; Phasianella graeffei Dunker, 1871; Onchidium daemeli Semper, 1882; and Melania 

kubaryi Brot, 1886; all first appearing as nomina nuda in the Catalog series (see numbers 1116a, 1356a, 1767, 

3200, 3213, 3233, 6590, 6622, 14462, 14738). Other such nomina nuda intended to honor persons affliated with 

the museum were apparently never validated (e.g., numbers 1328, 1833a, 3315, 3334, 6308, 9370). 

Type specimens from the Godeffroy collection 

As detailed as the published Catalogs are, they do not reflect the full scale and diversity of the Godeffroy museum 

holdings. They merely are lists of the “duplicates” (one of the three parts of the Godeffroy collection), representing 

extra specimens of large original series or subsequently recollected material deemed unnecessary for the formed 

scientific and display collections of the museum. While they certainly can be useful in reconstructing potential type 

series of nominal species based on “Godeffroy” material and present the only published link to species numbers 

used in the organization of the collections, the specimens originally included in the two formal collections and any 

series potentially retained by the describing specialists also need to be considered. No comprehensive effort has 

been made to locate all type specimens, but individual searches for types based on specimens in the Museum 

Godeffroy have been reported. Ladiges (1958) described the successful search for type specimens of fishes in the 

Hamburg Museum collection, a quest aided by the existence of original labels and notation of collection numbers, 

but complicated by the fact that not all zoological collections had been transferred to the Museum, that type 

specimens were not specifically marked, and that the wet-preserved specimens had been lost due to deterioration in 


BIELER & PETIT

the insufficiently sealing glass-stoppered containers (and, to a lesser part, due to post-war alcohol theft). Most 

importantly, all of the museum’s accession catalogs were destroyed in 1943. Each taxon description will thus have 

to be evaluated individually to ascertain the identity of types and their current location. This task is further 

complicated by the facts that the sequential sales catalogs combine and restock specimens from various locales and 

collecting events under the same number, and that specimens with manuscript names were widely traded, directly 

or via third parties, often before their formal description appeared in print. Numerous museum collections around 

the world contain such “ex Museum Godeffroy” specimens and various nomina nuda and incorrectly assigned 

authors on their labels have found their way into published listings (e.g., Nevill 1884). 

TAXA NOTES 

1. Mousson wrote a series of papers on material from Graeffe, four of which (1869, 1870a, 1870b, 1871) were 

devoted to specific island groups. His 1869 paper, as shown in the title was devoted to mollusks of Samoa. 

Mousson (1869: 369) listed the species name Melania subexusta Mousson, under which he then listed “Var. 

persulcata Mousson” giving its locality as “Hab. Upolu.” 

Mousson described this variety, referring to it as “this species, which belongs to the fauna of the Viti islands 

whose diagnosis will be published in a forthcoming report devoted to the species of this archipelago, is found in 

Upolu, represented by some individuals”. In short, Mousson stated that a species of Melania from Fiji, which was 

to be described later, had a subspecies on Samoa which he described as M. persulcata Mousson, 1869. This action 

makes M. persulcata the nominotypical species. 

Mousson (1870b) finally described Melania subexusta from Ovalau [Fiji] with two subspecies, M. persulcata 

and M. albizonata Mousson, 1870. In the 1870 description of persulcata no mention is made of the earlier 

introduction of the name and there is no mention of Samoa, the only localities given being “Mango et Ovalau”. The 

1869 and 1870b descriptions are somewhat different and it will be left to Melania specialists to determine the status 

of these nomina. In any event, M. persulcata cannot be subordinate to M. subexusta. 

2. The name plumescens was never used as a species name in Modiola or Perna by Dunker. Clessin (1888: 129, pl. 

33, figs. 8–9) described Modiola tumescens, attributing it to “Dunker in schedis.” Lynge (1909: 131, pl. 2, figs. 

13–14) listed and figured “Modiola plumescens Dunk[er]”. Lynge’s reference for Dunker was “Museum 

Godeffroy, Catalog IV, 1868, p. 115” and he listed “Modiola tumescens Dunker (Clessin)” as a synonym. In the text 

Lynge stated that Clessin incorrectly used the name tumescens but there is no evidence for that statement as Clessin 

referenced only “Dunker in schedis.” The error may well have been in Catalog IV. The most recent treatment of 

this species is by Huber (2010: 123) as “Modiolus plumescens (Dunker, 1868)” which should have read Modiolus 

tumescens (Clessin, 1888). 

3. The genus group name Isselia first appeared in Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 104, 110. In a footnote on page 104 he wrote 

[translated] “the changes of names of the remaining rissoines marked by *) is based on communications from Mr. 

O. Semper in Altona.” In the same footnote it is stated that Rissoina mirabilis Dkr. [= Dunker] is the type of a new 

genus Isselia. As R. mirabilis Dunker is a nomen nudum, Isselia is invalid. It was treated by Weinkauff (1881: 67) 

who evidently recognized that Isselia had been validly used for a different genus since 1874 when he described 

Rissoina (Isseliella) mirabilis, attributing it to Dunker. For a modern treatment see Ponder (1985: 95). 

4. The name Nanina subcicercula first appeared as a nomen nudum in Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 91. No record of its use 

by Mousson has been located. It next appeared when its dentition was figured as Nanina subcircula [sic] Mousson 

by Binney (1875: 248, pl. 20, fig. 1). Garrett (1881: 362) treated Microcystis subcicercula Mousson with reference 

to Schmeltz and Binney (also with a citation by Pfeiffer that is a ‘name only’ listing). Garrett stated that he 

supposed the species had not been described and gave a description, attributing the name to Mousson. Binney’s use 

was included with a query in the synonymy of Hiona scalpta Garrett, 1884, a placement also used by Baker (1940: 

172). 

The most recent mention of the name located is in Brook (2010: 251) who cited it as Lamprocystis (Avarua) 

subcicercula (Garrett, 1881). Both Brook and Baker (1938: 74; 1940: 172) declared that Binney’s “radula figures 



are not accurate enough for the identification of any species.” It is left to specialists to determine the status of 

ANSP specimen lot 74330, which consists of 7 dry and 17 alcohol-preserved specimens. The alcohol specimens 

are separately numbered as A8091A. Brook did not mention the latter number although the former is included 

under Lamprocystis (Avarua) subcicercula (Garrett, 1881) as “material”. The status of Binney’s Nanina subcircula 

is outside the scope of this paper and must also be left to specialists. 

Summary of new taxa 

Molluscan taxa dating from the Museum Godeffroy Sales Catalogs: 

Garrettia Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 100. Number 8541. Non Garrettia Paetel, 1873. 

Cerithiopsis angasi Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 108. Number 6882. An unnecessary 

replacement name, attributed to Semper, for Cerithiopsis clathratus Angas, 1871 which was supposedly 

preoccupied. 

Eulima contracta Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 108. Number 8711, attributed to Semper. A 

replacement name for Eulima inflexa Pease, 1868, which was incorrectly considered to be preoccupied. 

Columbella (Anachis) dora Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 126. Number 7215. A replacement 

name, attributed to Semper, for C. pumila Souverbie in Souverbie & Montrouzier. However, it had earlier been 

replaced by Columbella regulus Souverbie in Souverbie & Montrouzier, 1864. 

Turricula (Costellaria) emiliae Schmeltz, 1874[V]: 119. Number 8832. A replacement 

for Turricula plicatula Pease, 1868 non Brocchi, 1814. = Vexillum emiliae (Schmeltz, 1874). This appears to be 

the only name introduced by Schmeltz in the Catalogs that is currently considered valid. 

Molluscan names made available from articles in the Journal des Museum Godeffroy: 

Cerberilla Bergh, 1873 

Echinodoris Bergh, 1874 

Notodoris Bergh, 1875 

Orodoris Bergh, 1875 

Phestilla Bergh, 1874 

Cerberilla longicirrha Bergh, 1873 

Chromodoris (Goniodoris) albolineata Bergh, 1879 

Chromodoris albonotata Bergh, 1875 

Chromodoris camoena Bergh, 1879 

Chromodoris cantrainii Bergh, 1879 

Chromodoris citrina Bergh, 1874 

Chromodoris gloriosa Bergh, 1874 

Chromodoris lapinigensis Bergh, 1879 

Chromodoris luxuriosa Bergh, 1875 

Chromodoris pallescens Bergh, 1875 

Chromodoris pusilla Bergh, 1874 

Chromodoris thalassopora Bergh, 1879 

Cyerce nigra var. ocellata Bergh, 1873 

Doriopsis affinis Bergh, 1875 

Doriopsis gibbulosa Bergh, 1879 

Doriopsis herpetica Bergh, 1879 

Doriopsis maculigera Bergh, 1875 

Doriopsis nicobarica Bergh, 1879 


BIELER & PETIT

Doriopsis pellucidae Bergh, 1879 

Doriopsis pudibunda Bergh, 1879 

Doriopsis semperi Bergh, 1875 

Doridopsis vidua Bergh, 1879 

Doris punctulifera Bergh, 1874 

Doris schmeltziana Bergh, 1875 

Doris tessellata Bergh, 1879 

Notodoris citrina Bergh, 1875 

Orodoris miamirana Bergh, 1875 

Phestilla melanobrachia Bergh, 1874 

Phyllidia rosans Bergh, 1873 

Phyllidia loricata Bergh, 1873 

Plakobranchus chlorophacus Bergh, 1873 

Vaginulus australis Heynemann, 1876 

It should be noted that the online version of the Zoological Record (Thompson Reuters, Accession no. 

ZOOR01200002053; accessed 16 May 2012) credits Bergh’s (1875b) publication with having introduced 

additional taxa that in fact do not appear in that paper. The discrepancies are based on incorrect abstracting of 

Eduard von Martens‘s (1876) article in the printed Zoological Record for 1875, in which he referred to Bergh’s 

publications in more than one journal. 

Acknowledgments 

The project began with an analysis of partial photocopies of Catalogs I–IX obtained by RB from the library of 

Hamburg’s Zoologisches Institut und Museum (ZIM) in the early 1980s. In 2007 Dr. Neal Evenhuis (Bishop 

Museum, Hawaii) kindly provided REP with copies of the Catalogs used in his own studies, and in 2008 Dr. Petra 

Sierwald (Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago) obtained the remaining parts from a copy in the 

entomological collections at ZIM with the help of Dr. Hieronymus Dastych. Dr. Anders Warén (Swedish Museum 

of Natural History, Stockholm) provided input on the gastropod family Eulimidae, Dr. Gary Rosenberg and Paul 

Callomon (Academy of Natural History, Philadelphia) helped with various nomina and queries about specimens in 

the ANSP collection, and Dr. Bernard Hausdorf (ZIM) shared information on the current status of Godeffroy 

specimens in the molluscan collection of the Zoologisches Museum in Hamburg and also kindly supplied copies of 

original Godeffroy labels. Permission to use photographs from earlier publications were granted by Dr. Thomas 

Kaiser (editor, Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut) and Ms. Catherine 

Weisel (Museum of Comparative Zoology). The final phase of the project was supported, in part, by National 

Science Foundation award DEB-0732854 to RB. BivAToL project illustrator Lisa Kanellos assisted with 

compilation of the historic illustrations. The work was greatly facilitated by Field Museum’s outstanding library 

resources and various on-line providers, first and foremost among them the Biodiversity Heritage Library (BHL) 

project. Two reviewers provided constructive input on the initial draft. Special thanks are due to reviewer Neal 

Evenhuis who pointed us to various additional data and resources, including the works by Anonymous (1873), 

Gurau (1949), and Starr (1892). 

References 

Abbott, R.T. (1960) The genus Strombus in the Indo-Pacific. Indo-Pacific Mollusca, 1(2), 33–146. 

Abraham, P.S. (1877) Revision of the anthobranchiate nudibranchiate Mollusca, with descriptions or notices of forty-one 

hitherto undescribed species. Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society of London, 1877, 196–260, 

pls. 27–30. (August 1877) 

Adams, A. & Reeve, L. (1848–50) Mollusca. In: A. Adams, ed. The Zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang; under the 

command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher, C.B., F.R.A.S., F.G.S. during the years 1843–1846. Reeve, Benham, and Reeve, 



London. x + 87 pp., pls. 1–24. [Pt. I. i–x (by Adams only), 1–24, i–ii (plate explanations), pls. 1–9, 1 November 1848; Pt. 

II, 25–44, pls. 10–17, 27 April 1850; Pt. III, 45–87, pls. 18–24, 31 August 1850.] 

Adams, A. (1852) Catalogue of the species of Nassa, a genus of gasteropodous Mollusca, belonging to the family Buccinidae, 

in the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.: with the description of some new species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of 

London, 1851, 94–114. (94–112, December 1852; 113–114, April 1853 [only page 105 cited herein]) 

Adams, A. (1853) Contributions towards a monograph of the Trochidae, a family of gasteropodous Mollusca. Proceedings of 

the Zoological Society of London, 1851, 150–192. (January–June 1853) 

Adams, A. (1855) [descriptions of species] In: G. B. Sowerby, II, Monograph of the genus Cerithium. Thesaurus 

Conchyliorum, 2, 847–899, pls. 176–186. 

Adams, H. & Adams, A. (1853–58) The Genera of Recent Mollusca; Arranged According to their Organization. John van 

Voorst, London. 2 vols. [1, 1–256, pls. 1–32 (1853); 1, 257–484, 2, 1–92, pls. 33–72 (1854); 2, 93–284, pls. 73–96 (1855); 

2, 285–412, pls. 97–112 (1856); 2, 413–540, pls. 113–128 (1857); 2, 541–660, pls. 129–138 (1858).] 

Adams, H. (1867) Descriptions of six new species of shells, and note on Opisthostoma de-crespignii. Proceedings of the 

Zoological Society of London, 1866, 445–447, pl. 38. (April 1867) 

Ancey, C.F. (1889) Description de mollusques nouveaux. Le Naturaliste, ser. 2, 3, 205. 

Angas, G.F. (1870) Descriptions of eight new species of Helicidae from the Western Pacific Islands. Proceedings of the 

Zoological Society of London, 1869, 624–626, pl. 48. (April 1870) 

Angas, G.F. (1871) Description of thirty-four new species of shells from Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of 

London, 1871, 13–21, pl. 1. (June) 

Anonymous (1873) Journal des Museum Godeffroy. Part I. The Academy, 4(64), 32. (15 January) 

Anonymous (1874) Journal des Museum Godeffroy [review of Hefte I–VI]. Göttingische gelehrte Anzeigen, 1(46), 1455–1463. 

[18 November] 

Anonymous (1880) The Godeffroy Museum of Hamburg. The Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and 

Ireland, 9, 462–464 [adopted from an article in Hamburg’s leading newspaper, Hamburgischer Correspondent, no. 292, of 

9 December 1879] 

Anton, H.E. (1838) Verzeichniss der Conchylien welche sich in der Sammlung von Hermann Eduard Anton befinden. Eduard 

Anton, Halle. xvi + 110 pp. [Imprinted 1839 but published in 1838. See Cernohorsky 1978, The Veliger, 20(3), 299.] 

Baker, H.B. (1938) Zonitid snails from Pacific islands—Part I. 1. Southern genera of Microcystinae. Bernice P. Bishop Museum 

Bulletin, 158, 1–102, pls. 1–20. 

Baker, H.B. (1940) Zonitid snails from Pacific islands—Part 2. 2. Hawaiian genera of Microcystinae. Bernice P. Bishop 

Museum Bulletin, 165, 103–201, pls. 21–42. 

Baker, H.B. (1941) Zonitid snails from Pacific islands—Part 3. 3. Genera other than Microcystinae. Bernice P. Bishop Museum 

Bulletin, 166, 202–346, pls. 43–65. 

Bauer, A.M. & Watkins-Colwell, G.J. (2001) On the origin of the types of Hypsilurus godeffroyi (Reptilia: Squamata: 

Agamidae) and early German contributions to the herpetology of Palau. Micronesica, 34(1), 73–84. 

Bergh, R. (1870–78) Malacologische Untersuchungen. In Semper, C., Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Zweiter Theil. 

Wissenschaftliche Resultate, 2 [1], (1) 1–30 [sic], pls. 1–8 (20 Feb. 1870); (2) 49–118 [sic], pls. 9–16 (10 Jul. 1871); (3) 

137–176, pls. 17–20 (8 May 1872); (4) 177–204, pls. 21–24 (15 Dec. 1872); (5) 213–246, pls. 25–31 (25 Oct. 1873 [Bergh 

1873b herein]); (6) 205–212, 247–286, pls. 32, 34, 35 (10 June 1874 [Bergh 1874a herein]); (7) 287–314, pls. 33, 36, 39 

(21 Sep. 1874 [Bergh 1874b herein]); (8) 315–344, pls. 40–44 (10 Mar. 1875 [Bergh 1875a herein]); (9) 345–376, pls. 

45–49 (30 Sep. 1875 [Bergh 1875c herein]); 2 [2], (10) 377–428, pls. 50–53 (4 May 1876); (11) 429–494, pls. 54–57 (28 

Apr. 1877 [Bergh 1877c herein]); (12) 495–546, pls. 58–61 (15 Dec. 1877 [Bergh 1877d herein]); (13) 547–602, pls. 

62–65 (8 Jul. 1878 [Bergh 1878a herein]); (14) 603–645, i–li, pls. 66–68 (23 Dec. 1878 [Bergh 1878b herein]). C. W. 

Kreidel, Wiesbaden. Dates after Winckworth (1946) and Johnson (1969). 

Bergh, R. (1873a) Neue Nacktschnecken der Südsee, malacologische Untersuchungen [I. Phyllidiadae]. Journal des Museum 

Godeffroy, 1(2), 137–168 [65–96], pls. 9–12. A separate was issued with pp. 1–32. (May) 

Bergh, R. (1873b), see Bergh (1870–1878). 

Bergh, R. (1874a, b), see Bergh (1870–1878). 

Bergh, R. (1874c) Neue Nacktschnecken der Südsee, malacologische Untersuchungen [II. Aeolidiadae, Bornellidae]. Journal 

des Museum Godeffroy, 3(6), 91–116, pls. 1–4. A separate was issued with pp. 1–26. [between 1 October and 18 

November] 

Bergh, R. (1875a, c), see Bergh (1870–1878). 

Bergh, R. (1875b) Neue Nacktschnecken der Südsee, malacologische Untersuchungen [III. Miamira Bgh, Nov. Gen.]. Journal 

des Museum Godeffroy, 3(8), 185–232 [53–100], pls. 7–11. A separate was issued with pp. 1–48. [before 17 September] 

Bergh, R. (1876), see Bergh (1870–1878). 

Bergh, R. (1877a) Kritische Untersuchungen der Ehrenberg’schen Doriden. Jahrbücher der Deutschen Malakozoologischen 

Gesellschaft, 4(1), 45–76. [Stated date (Heft cover): 1 January; listed as received by Kobelt (1877a: 46; May 1877). 

Incorrectly determined as having been published in December by Valdés (2002: 565), who considered it a later publication 

than part 12 of Bergh’s Malakologische Untersuchungen of December 15; the resulting priority assumptions affecting the 

type species of Discodoris need to be revisited]. 

Bergh, R. (1877c, d), see Bergh (1870–1878). 


BIELER & PETIT

Bergh, R. (1877b) Ueber das Geschlecht Asteronotus, Ehrbh. Jahrbücher der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 

4(2), 161–173, pls. 1–2. [Stated date (Heft cover): 1 April]. 

Bergh, R. (1878a, b), see Bergh (1870–1878). 

Bergh, R. (1879a) Neue Nacktschnecken der Südsee, malacologische Untersuchungen [IV, Chromodoris; Doriopsis]. Journal 

des Museum Godeffroy, 5(14), 1–50, pls. 1–5. [February; accepted as 28 February by Burn (1978: 298, 299)]. 

Bergh, R. (1879b) Neue Chromodoriden. Malakozoologische Blätter, (NF) 1, 87–116, pl. 3 [sic; caption references pl. 4 in 

error]. [31 March teste Burn (1978: 298, 299) and Bertsch & Burn (1979: 255)] 

Bergh, R. (1879c) On the nudibranchiate gasteropod Mollusca of the North Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of 

Alaska. Part I. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences Philadelphia, 31(2), 71–132, pls. 1–8. [Stated date: 13 

May; printer’s date of 10 May accepted by Burn (1978: 298, 299) and Bertsch & Burn (1979: 255)] 

Bergh, R. (1879d) On the nudibranchiate gasteropod Mollusca of the North Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of 

Alaska. Scientific Results of the Exploration of Alaska, by the Parties under the Charge of W.H. Dall during the Years 

1865–1874. Vol I part I, Article V, (1): 127–188, pls. 1–8. [not seen, but text apparently identical with Bergh 1879c; 10 

May teste Burn (1978: 298, 299)] 

Bergh, R. (1880a) On the nudibranchiate gasteropod Mollusca of the North Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of 

Alaska. Part II. Scientific Results of the Exploration of Alaska, by the Parties under the Charge of W.H. Dall during the 

Years 1865-1874. Vol I, Article VI , 189–276, pls. 9–16. 

Bergh, R. (1880b). Nudibranchien. Malacologische Untersuchungen. Nachträge und Ergänzungen. In: Semper C., Reisen im 

Archipel der Philippinen, Wissenschaftliche Resultate. Band 2, Suppl. 1: 1–78, pls. A–F. 

Bertsch, H. & Burn, R. (1979), Chromodoris californiensis Bergh, 1879 (May): Proposed conservation over Chromodoris 

glauca Bergh, 1879 (March) (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Z.N.(S.) 2253. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, 35(4), 

253–256. 

Binney, W.G. (1875) On the lingual dentition and genitalia of Partula and other Pulmonata. Proceedings of the Academy of 

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 27, 244–254, pls. 19–21. 

Bischoff, C. (1912) Amalie Dietrich: Ein Leben. Grote, Berlin. 443 pp. 

Born, I. (1778) Index rerum naturalium Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis. Pars I. Testacea. Vienna. [xlii] + 458 + [82] pp., 1 pl. 

Borson, S. (1820–25) Saggio di orittografia piemontese. Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, 25, 180–229, 

pl. 1 (1820); 26, 297–364, pls. 5, 6 (1821); 29, 251–318, pl. 19 (1825). [Plates 1, 5, and 6 have dual numbers; V, 1, and 2 

respectively; issued as a separate with continuous pagination.] 

Brazier, J. (1898) Four new species of Mollusca from Victoria. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 23, 

271–272. 

Brocchi, G.B. (1814) Conchiologia fossile subapennina con osservazioni geologiche sugli Apennini e sul suolo adiacente. 

Stamperia Reale, Milano. 2 vols. [1, 1–240; 2, 241–712, pls. 1–16.] 

Broderip, W.J. (1832) [New species of shells collected by Mr. Cuming on the western coast of South America and in the islands 

of the South Pacific Ocean.] Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of 

London, Part II for 1832, 124–126, 

Brodie, G.D., Willan, R.C. & J.D. Collins (1997) Taxonomy and occurrence of Dendrodoris nigra and Dendrodoris fumata 

(Nudibranchia: Dendrodorididae) in the Indo-West Pacific Region. Journal of Molluscan Studies, 63(3), 407–423. 

Brook, F.J. (2010) Coastal landsnail fauna of Rarotonga, Cook Islands: systematics, diversity, biogeography, faunal history, and 

environmental influences. Tuhinga, 21, 161–252. 

Brot, A. (1870) Catalogue of the Recent species of Melanidae. American Journal of Conchology, 6(2), 271–325. (6 October) 

Brot, A. (1886) Note sur quelques espèces de mélanies nouvelles ou imparfaitement connues. Recueil zoologique suisse, 4(1), 

87–109, pls. 5–7. 

Bruguière, J.G. (1792) Encyclopédie Méthodique. Histoire Naturelle des Vers. Panckoucke, Paris. Vol. 1, (2): 345–757. 

Brunckhorst D.J. (1993) The systematics and phylogeny of phyllidiid nudibranchs (Doridoidea). Records of the Australian 

Museum, Suppl. 16, 1–108. 

Burn, R. (1978) Publication dates of Bergh’s 1879 papers describing American chromodorids. The Veliger, 20(3), 298–299. 

Calder, D.R. & Brinckmann-Voss, A. (1911) Gustav Heinrich Kichenpauer (1808–1887) of the City of Hamburg, and his 

research on hydroids and bryozoans. Zootaxa, 2742, 49–59. 

Cantraine, F. (1835) Diagnoses ou descriptions succintes de quelques espèces nouvelles de mollusques. Bulletins de l'Académie 

royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de Belgique, 2, 380–401. 

Cernohorsky, W.O. (1967) Marine shells of the Pacific. Pacific Publications, Sydney. 248 p. 

Cernohorsky, W.O. (1972) Marine shells of the Pacific. Volume II. Pacific Publications, Sydney. 411 p. 

Cernohorsky, W.O. [1979] Tropical Pacific marine shells. Pacific Publications, Sydney. 352 p. [Copyright date 1978, but not 

published until 1979.] 

Cernohorsky, W.O. (1984) Systematics of the family Nassariidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Auckland Institute and Museum, 

Bulletin, 14: i–iv + 1–356. 

Cernohorsky, W.O. (1991) The Mitridae of the world. Part 2. The subfamily Mitrinae concluded and subfamilies Imbricariinae 

and Cylindromitrinae. Monographs of Marine Mollusca, 4, 1–164. 

Chemnitz, J.H. (1780–95) Neues systematisches Conchylien Cabinet. G.N. Raspe, Nürnberg. Vols. 4–11 [4, [24] + 344 pp., pls. 

CXXII–CLIX, 1780; 5, [20] + 324 pp., pls. CLX–CLXXXXIII, 1781; 6, [12] + 375 pp., pls. 1–36, 1782; 7, [12] + 356 pp., 



pls. 37–69, 1784; 8, [16] + 372 pp., pls. 70–102, 1785; 9(1), [12] + 151 pp., pls. 103–116, 1786; 9(2), xxvi + 194 pp., pls. 

117–136, 1786; 10, [20] + 376 pp., pls. 137–173, 1788; 11, [20] + 310 pp., pls. 174–213, 1795]. Also, see F.H.W. Martini. 

Chenu, J.C. (1843–45) G[enus] Spondylus. Illustrations Conchyliologiques. [pls. 1–2, 6–10, 16–18, 20 (1843); pls. 3–5, 11–15, 

19, 21–30 (1844); p. 1–9. pls. 31–32 (1845)] 

Clench, W.J. (1979) A biography of Andrew Garrett, early naturalist in Polynesia: Part 2. Catalogue of molluscan species and 

bibliography. The Nautilus, 93(2–3), 96–102. 

Clessin, S. (1850–85) Genus Planorbis, Guettard. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, 1(17a), 28, 

35–62, pls. 7–10 (1850); 29–34, 35a, 36a (1878); 63–94, pls. 11–15, 17 (1882); 95–110, pls. 18–22 (1883); 111–222, pls. 

23–33 (1884; 223–229 (1885). 

Clessin, S. (1887–89) Genus Modiola Lamarck. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, 8(3), 91–92, 

pl. 28 (1887); 93–132, pls. 25–27, 29–34 (1888); 133–139, pls. 35–36 (1889). 

Conrad, T.A. (1837) Descriptions of new marine shells from Upper California, collected by Thomas Nuttall, Esq. The Academy 

of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Journal, 7(2), 227–268, pls. 17–20. 

Cowie, R.H. (1998) Catalog of the nonmarine snails and slugs of the Samoan Islands. British Museum Bulletin in Zoology, 3, 

i–viii + 1–122 p. 

Cox, J.C. (1871) Descriptions of seven new species of Australian land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 

1871, 53–55, pl. 3. 

Crosse, H. & Fischer, P. (1864) Faune malacologique de Cochinchine. —Premier supplément. Journal de Conchyliologie, 

12(4), 322–338. 

Crosse, H. & Fischer, P. (1890) Necrologie—M. Robert Damon. Journal de Conchyliologie, 38, 89–90. 

Crosse, H. (1867) Description d’espèces nouvelles des archipels Samoa et Viti. Journal de Conchyliologie, 15(3), 297–302, pl. 

11. (July) 

Crosse, H. (1868) Diagnoses molluscorum novorum. Journal de Conchyliologie, 18(2), 174–178. 

Crosse, H. (1871) Diagnoses molluscorum Novae Caledoniae et insularum Viti. Journal de Conchyliologie, 19(4), 329–331. 

Crosse, H. (1875) Distribution géographique et synonymie des Bulimes auriculiformes de l’archipel Viti. Journal de 

Conchyliologie, 23(1), 5–21. 

Dall, W.H. & Bartsch, P. (1906) Notes on Japanese, Indopacific, and American Pyramidellidae. Proceedings of the United 

States National Museum, 30(1452), 321–369, pls. 17–26. 

Dautzenberg, P. & Bouge, L.J. (1922) Mitridés de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et de ses dépendances. Journal de Conchyliologie, 67, 

179–259. 

Deshayes, G.P. (1838) Histoire Naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. Deuxieme Éditon. J.B. Baillière, Paris. Vol. 8, 660 pp. 

Deshayes, G.P. (1853) Catalogue of the Conchifera or bivalve shells in the collection of the British Museum. Part 1. Veneridae, 

Cyprinidae and Glauconomidae. British Museum, London. 216 pp. 

Deshayes, G.P. (1855) Descriptions of new shells from the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological 

Society of London, 22, 317–371. (May 1855). 

Deshayes, G.P. (1863) Catalog des mollusques de l'Ile de la Réunion (Bourbon). Dentu [corrected to J. B. Baillière et fils on 

pasted-in slip], Paris. 144 p., 14 pls. 

Dillwyn, L.W. (1817) A descriptive catalogue of Recent shells, arranged according to the Linnaean method; with particular 

attention to the synonymy. John and Arthur Arch, London. i–xii + 1–1092 + [1–29 (index)] pp. 

Dijkstra, H.H. & Kilburn, R.N. (2001) The family Pectinidae in South Africa and Mozambique (Mollusca: Bivalvia: 

Pectinoidea). African Invertebrates, 42, 263–321 

Dijkstra, H.H. & Köhler, F. (2008) An annotated catalogue of Recent Pectinoidea (Mollusca, Pectinidae and Propeamussiidae) 

type material in the Museum of Natural History, Humboldt University, Berlin. Zoosystematics and Evolution, 84(1), 

31–44. 

Dohrn, H. (1859) Neue Landconchylien. Malakozoologische Blätter, 6, 202–207. 

Dor, M. (1976) The dates of publication of Günther's “Andrew Garrett's Fische der Südsee". Israel Journal of Zoology, 24(3–4) 

(for 1975), 192. 

Dunker, W. (1846) Diagnosen einiger neuer Conchytlien aus der norddeutschen Liasbildung. Zeitschrift für Malakozoologie, 3, 

170–172. 

Dunker, W. (1847) Diagnoses Buccinorum quorundam novorum. Zeitschrift für Malakozoologie, 4, 59–64. 

Dunker, W. (1858–78) Mollusca Marina. Beschreibung und Abbildung neuer oder wenig gekannter Meeres-Conchylien. 

Novitates Conchologicae, Abtheiling 2, 1–144, pls. 1–45. [1–32, pls. 1–9, 1858; 33–42, pls. 10–12, 1862; 43–58, pls. 

13–18, 1863; 59–66, pls. 19–21, 1864; 67–82, pls. 22–27, 1865; 83–90, pls. 23–30, 1866; 91–106, pls. 31–36, 1867; 

107–120, pls. 37–39, 1868; 121–126, pls. 40–42, 1869; 127–134, pls. 43–45, 1871; 135–144, title page, 1878] 

Dunker, W. (1871) Mollusca nova Musei Godeffroy Hamburgensis. Malakozoologische Blätter, 18, 150–175. 

Dunker, W. (1872–80) Die Gattung Avicula in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen. Systematisches Conchylien- 

Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, 7(3), 1–56, pls. 1–18, 1872; 57–68, pls. 19–24, 1879; 69–84, pls. 25–27, 1880. 

Dunker, W. (1877) Mollusca nonnulla nova maris Japonici. Malakozoologische Blätter, 24, 67–75. 

Dzwillo, M. (1993), Die Abteilung Malakologie. pp. 18–20 in: Hoerschelmann, H., Villwock, W., Dzwillo, M., Hartmann, G., 

Hartmann-Schröder, G., Rack, G., Dastych, H., Wilkens, H., Schliemann, H., Münzing, J., Andres, H.G. (1993), 150 Jahre 

Naturhistorisches Museum zu Hamburg. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 90, 


BIELER & PETIT

7–30. 

Evenhuis, N.L. (2007) The Godeffroy Museum Catalogs in relation to Fiji terrestrial arthropods. Part I: Introduction and review 

of Myriapoda, Doptera, Odonata, and smaller hexapod orders. In Evenhuis N.L. & Bickel, D.J., Fiji Arthropods VII. 

Bishop Museum Occasional Papers, 91, 17–28. 

Evenhuis, N.L. (2011). Andrew Garrett Malacology Collection. Ka‘Elele—The Messenger (The Journal of the Bishop 

Museum), Fall 2011, 10–11. 

Fahey S.J. & Gosliner T.M. (2004) A phylogenetic analysis of the Aegiridae Fischer, 1883 (Mollusca, Nudibranchia, 

Phanerobranchia) with descriptions of eight new species and a reassessment of phanerobranch relationships. Proceedings 

of the California Academy of Sciences, 55(34), 613–689. 

Fischer-Piette, E. (1976) Revision des Aviculidées. I. Crenatula, Pedalion, Foramelina. Journal de Conchyliologie, 113(1–2), 

3–42. 

Friedländer, R. & Sohn [sic; = son] (1895) Zoologisches Adressbuch. Namen und Adressen der lebenden Zoologen, Anatomen, 

Physiologen und Zoopalaeontologen sowie der künstlerischen und technischen Hülsfkräfte. [Published for the] Deutsche 

Zoologische Gesellschaft, Friedländer & Sohn, Berlin. x + 740 pp. 

Friederichsen, F. (1875) Vortrag über die Ruinen von Nanmatal auf der Insel Ponapé. Jahresbericht der Geographischen 

Gesellschaft in Hamburg, 2 (1874–75), 83–96. 

[Friederichsen, F. (1879b) Franz Hübner †. Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 5(14), 284. [here credited to editor of volume]. 

[Friederichsen, F.] (1876a) Kleine Mittheilungen aus dem Museum Godeffroy, II, Capulus crystallinus Gld. Journal des 

Museum Godeffroy, 5(12), 160. [data likely provided by curator Schmeltz, but not so indicated; here credited to editor of 

volume]. 

[Friederichsen, F.] (1876b) Kleine Mittheilungen aus dem Museum Godeffroy, V, Bulimus Koroensis Garr. Journal des 

Museum Godeffroy, 5 (12), 161. [data likely provided by curator Schmeltz, but not so indicated; here credited to editor of 

volume]. 

[Friederichsen, F.] (1876c) Kleine Mittheilungen aus dem Museum Godeffroy, VII, Erneute Exploration der Viti-Inseln. 

Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 5(12), 162–175 [distribution of Cypraea aurora, p. 175] [data likely provided by curator 

Schmeltz, but not so indicated; here credited to editor of volume] 

[Friederichsen, F.] (1876d) Nachrichten über die Reisenden des Museums. Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 5(12), 176–178. 

[data likely provided by curator Schmeltz, but not so indicated; here credited to editor of volume]. 

[Friederichsen, F.] (1879a) Theodor Kleinschmidt’s Reisen auf den Viti-Inseln, nach seinen brieflichen Mittheilungen 

bearbeitet. Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 5(14), 249–283, pls. 11–16. [here credited to editor of volume] 

Garrett, A. (1857) [Descriptions of species]. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 1, 102–103. 

Garrett, A. (1872) Descriptions of new species of land and fresh-water shells. American Journal of Conchology, 7(4), 219–230. 

Garrett, A. (1873) List of species of Mitridae collected at Rarotonga, Cook’s Islands, with notes, also descriptions of new 

species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1872, 839–843. (April 1873) 

Garrett, A. (1878) Occurrence of Gadinia reticulata Sow, in south-eastern Polynesia. Journal of Conchology, 1, 335. 

Garrett, A. (1880) Catalog of the Polynesian Mitridae, with remarks on their geographical range, station, and descriptions of 

suppposed new species. Journal of Conchology, 3(1), 1–32; 3(2), 33–64; 3(3), 65–73. 

Garrett, A. (1881) The terrestrial Mollusca inhabiting the Cook’s or Harvey Islands. Journal of the Academy of Natural 

Sciences of Philadelphia, (2)8, 381–412. 

Garrett, A. (1884) The terrestrial Mollusca inhabiting the Society Islands. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 

Philadelphia, (2)9, 17–114. 

Garrett, A. (1887a) On the terrestrial mollusks of the Viti Islands.—Part. I. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 

1887, 164–189. (June) 

Garrett, A. (1887b) Mollusques terrestres des Iles Marquises (Polynesie). Bulletins de la Société Malacologie de France, 4, 

1–48. (July) 

Garrett, A. (1887c) The terrestrial Mollusca inhabiting the Samoa or Navigator Islands. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural 

Sciences of Philadelphia, 39, 124–153. (124–136, 2 August; 137–153, 16 August) 

Garrett, A. (1887d) On the terrestrial mollusks of the Viti Islands.—Part. II. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 

1887, 284–316. (August) 

Gebauer, J.J. 1802. Systematisches Verzeichniss der Seesterne, Seeigel, Conchylien und Pflanzenthiere nach Linné Systema 

Naturae. Gebauer, Halle. [i] + xii + [1] + 150 pp. 

Glover E A. & Taylor, J.D. (2007) Diversity of chemosymbiotic bivalves on coral reefs: Lucinidae (Mollusca, Bivalvia) of New 

Caledonia and Lifou. Zoosystema 29(1), 109–181. 

Gmelin, J.F. (1791) Caroli a Linné Systema Naturae per regna tria naturae. Editio decima tertia. Lipsiae. Vol. 1, pt. 6 

(Vermes), 3021–3910. 

Gould, A.A. (1846) [Shells collected by the United States Exploring Expedition under the command of Charles Wilkes.] 

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, 2, 190–192. 







Gould, A.A. (1861) Descriptions of shells collected in the North Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captains Ringgold and 

Rodgers. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, 8, 33–40. 

Graeffe, E. (1864) Eine Reise nach der Mac-Keans-Insel. Vierteljahrsschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zürich, 9, 

205–217. 

Graeffe, E. (1867) Reisen nach verschiedenen Inseln der Südsee. Das Ausland. Ueberschau der neuesten Forschungen auf dem 

Gebiete der Natur-, Erd- und Völkerkunde, 1867, 48, 1139–1144; 49, 1159–1164; 50, 1184–1191. A modified article 

republished in Kranz (2005). 

Graeffe, E. (1868) Reisen im Innern der Insel Viti-Levu. Neujahrsblatt der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zürich, 70, 1–48, 

1 pl. 

Graeffe, E. (1873a) Samoa oder die Schifferinseln. I. Abschnitt: Topographie von Samoa. Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 1(1), 

1–32. 

Graeffe, E. (1873b) Die Ebongruppe im Marshall’s Archipel. Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 1(1), 33–47. 

Graeffe, E. (1873c) Die Carolineninsel Yap oder Guap nach den Mittheilungen von Alf. Tetens und Johan Kubary. Journal des 

Museum Godeffroy, 1(2), 84–130 [12–58]. 

Gräffe—see Graeffe 

Gray, J.E. (1826) Mollusca. pp. 474–496. In: King, P.P., Narrative of a survey of the intertropical and western coasts of 

Australia performed between the years 1818 and 1822. J. Murray, London. Vol. 2. 

Gray, J.E. (1827) Monograph on the Cypraeidae, a family of testaceous Mollusca (continued). The Zoological Journal, 3(11), 

363–371. (December) 

Gray, J.E. (1828) Additions and corrections to a monograph on Cypraea, a genus of testaceous Mollusca. Journal of Zoology, 

4(14), 66–88. (July) 

Gray, J.E. (1839) Molluscous animals and their shells. pp. [103]–142, plates 33–44. In: F. W. Beechey, The zoology of Capt. 

Beechey's voyage . . . to the Pacific and Behrings's Straits . . . in . . . 1825–28. H. G. Bohn, London. xii + 180 pp., 54 pls., 

3 maps. 

Günther, A. (1876) Descriptions of new species of reptiles from Australia, collected by Hr. Dämel for the Godeffroy Museum. 

Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 5(12), 45–47. 

Gurau, A.M. (1949) Godeffroy—his influence on early events in S. Pacific. Pacific Islands Monthly, September 1949, 76. 

Hedley, C. (1906) Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part IX. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1905, Part 

4, 520–546, pls. 31–33. 

Hertz, R. (1922) Das Hamburger Seehandelshaus J.C. Godeffroy und Sohn 1766–1879. Veröffentlichungen des Vereins für 

Hamburgische Geschichte, 4, 1–72. 

Heynemann, F. (1876) Beschreibung eines neuen Vaginulus. Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 5(12), 159. 

Hinds, R.B. (1842) Description of new shells. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 10, 81–84. (1 October) 

Hinds, R.B. (1843) [Description of new shells, from the collection of Captain Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B., &c. Proceedings 

of the Zooological Society of London, 11, 36–46. 

Hinds, R.B. (1844a) Descriptions of new species of Melania collected during the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur. Annals and 

Magazine of Natural History, 14, 8–11. 

Hinds, R.B. (1844b–45) The zoology of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B., 

F.R.G.S., etc., during the years 1836–42. Vol. II. Mollusca. Smith, Elder and Co., London. v + 72 pp., 21 pls. [Issued in 

parts: Pt. 1, 1–24, pls. 1–7, July 1844; pt. 2, 25–48, pls. 8–14, October 1844; pt. 3, i–v, 49–72, pls. 15–21, January, 1845]. 

Hoffmann, G. (2000) Das Haus an der Elbchaussee. Die Geschichte einer Reederfamilie. Piper, Munich. 528 pp. 

Holten, H.S. (1802) Enumeratio systematica conchyliorum beat. J.H. Chemnitzii … K.H. Scidelini, Havniae. [vi] + 88 pp. 

Hubendick, B. (1946) Systematic nonograph of the Patelliformia. Kunglige Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlinger, ser. 3, 

23(5), 1–93, 6 pls. 

Huber, M. (2010) Compendium of bivalves. ConchBooks, Hackenheim. 901 pp. 

Hübner, F. (1875) Ueber ein Verfahren Nacktschnecken trocken in den Sammlungen aufzubewahren. Verhandlungen des Verein 

für Naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung zu Hamburg, 1871–1874, 93. 

Hylleberg, J. (2004) Lexical approach to Cardiacea. Phuket Marine Biological Center, Special Publication 30(3), 645–939. 

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature [ICZN] (1974) Opinion 1009. Vanikoro Quoy and Gaimard, 1832 

(Mollusca: Gastropoda): made available under the Plenary Powers. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, 30(3/4), 

159–163. 

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature [ICZN] (1983) Opinion 1253. Chromodoris californiensis Bergh, 10 

May 1879 (Mollusca, Gastropoda): conserved. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, 40(2), 92–93. 

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature [ICZN] (1999) International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Fourth 

Edition. I.T.Z.N., London. xxix + 306 pp. 

Iredale, T. (1933) Systematic notes on Australian land shells. Records of the Australian Museum, 19(1), 37–59. 

Iredale, T. (1937) A basic list of the land Mollusca of Australia—Part II. The Australian Zoologist, 9(4), 1–39, pls. 1–3. 

Johnson R.F. and Valdés A., 2001. The Hypselodoris infucata, H. obscura and H. saintvicentius species complex (Mollusca, 

Nudibranchia, Chromodorididae), with remarks on the genus Brachychlanis Ehrenberg, 1831. Journal of Natural History, 

35, 1371–1398. 

Johnson, R.I. (1969) Semper's Reisen im Archipel der Philippenen [sic], Wissenshaftliche [sic] Resultate, 1867–1916. A 


BIELER & PETIT

complete collation. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History, 5(2), 144–147. 

Jousseaume F. (1931 ["1930"]) Cerithiidae de la Mer Rouge. Journal de Conchyliologie, 74(4): 270–296. [Posthumous work 

edited by E. Lamy; Published 9 February 1931] 

Junk, W. (1936) Rara Historico-Naturalia.Volume II, pars 3, 191–242. Author, Den Haag. 

Kay, E.A. (1979) Hawaiian marine shells. Reef and shore fauna of Hawaii. Section 4: Mollusca. Bernice P. Bishop Museum 

Special Publications, 64, i–xviii + 1–653. 

Kiener, L.C. (1834–79) Species général et iconographie des coquilles vivantes ... (continué par ... P. Fischer). Paris. 11 

volumes. [For collation and dates see Sherborn & Woodward 1901.] 

K. M. [full name not ascertained] (1876) Journal des Museum Godeffroy [review of Hefte VII–IX]. Göttingische gelehrte 

Anzeigen, 2(28), 911–919. (11 July) 

[Kobelt, W.] (1874) Museum Godeffroy. Catalog V [review]. Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 

6(4), 39–40. (April) 

[Kobelt, W.] (1877a) Literaturbericht. Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 9(3), 44–48. (May). 

[Kobelt, W.] (1877b) Literatur. Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 9(9), 98–107. (December) 

[Kobelt, W.] (1879) Für die Bibliothek eingegangen. Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 

11(6–7), 80. 

Kobelt, W. (1892–97) Die Familie der Columbelliden. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, 3(1d), 

1–344, pls. 1–44. [for collation see Welter-Schultes 1999] 

Kosuge, S. (1965) Anatomical study on Japanese Rissoacea (I). On the family Rissoidae. Venus, 24(2), 130–151, pl. 15. 

Kraepelin, K. (1901) Das Naturhistorische Museum. Pp. 124–149 in: Hamburg in naturwissenschaftlicher und medizinischer 

Beziehung. [Published on the occasion of the] 73. Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und Ärzte. Hamburg, Leopold 

Voss. 

Kranz, H. (2005) Das Museum Godeffroy 1861–1881: Naturkunde und Ethnographie der Südsee. Altonaer Museum, 

Hamburg; 127 pp. One chapter ("Das Museum Godeffroy und seine Forschungsreisenden") separately published in 

Hugenotten, 71 no. 4/2007, 147–163. 

Kraus, G. (1875) Zur Flora von Queensland [review]. Botanische Zeitung, 33(38): 631 [17 September]. 

Krebs, H. (1864) The West Indian marine shells with some remarks. W. Laubs widow & Chr. Jorgensen, Nykjobing, Falster. 

137 pp. [Republished 1947–48 in the Revista de la Sociedad Malacologica “Carlos de la Torre” by Clench, Aguayo & 

Turner; also issued by them as a separate.] 

Kubary, J.S. (1873) Die Palau-Inseln in der Südsee. Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 1(4), 177–238 [1–62]. A modified article 

republished in Kranz (2005). 

Kubary, J.S. (1885) Aus dem Samoanischen Familienleben. Globus, Illustrierte Zeitschrift für Länder- und Völkerkunde, 47(6), 

70–72, 86–88. A modified article republished in Kranz (2005). 

Küster, H.C. & Kobelt, W. (1888) Die Gattungen Spondylus und Pecten. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und 

Chemnitz, 7(2), Leifrung 358, 257–296, pls. 67–72. 

Ladd, H.S. (1972) Cenozoic fossil mollusks from western Pacific islands; Gastropods (Turritellidae through Strombidae). 

United States Geological Survery Professional Paper, 532, 1–79, pls. 1–20. 

Ladiges, W. (1958) Typen von Kner und Steindachner aus dem Museum Godeffroy in Hamburg. Mitteilungen aus dem 

Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 56, 169–171. 

Ladiges, W., Kosswig, C. & Haffner, K. von (1968) 125 Jahre Naturhistorisches Museum zu Hamburg: 25 Jahre Wiederaufbau. 

Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 65, 5–59. 

Lamarck, [J.B.] (1810) Description du genre Porcelaine (Cypraea) et des espèces qui le composent. Annales du Museum 

National d’Histoire Naturelle, 15(89–90), 443–454. 

Lamarck, [J.B.] (1811) Suite. De la déterminatin des espèc es de Mollusques testacés. Annales du Museum National d’Histoire 

Naturelle, 17, 54–80. 

Lamarck, [J.B.] (1816) Liste des objets représentés dans les planches de cette livraison. Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique 

des Trois Règnes de la Nature, Part 23, 1–16, pls. 391–488. 

Lamarck, [J.B.] (1819) Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. Paris. 6(1), vi + 543 pp. 

Lamarck, [J.B.] (1822) Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. Paris. 7, 711 pp. 

Lamy, E. (1907) Révision des Arca vivants du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris. Journal de Conchyliologie, 55(1), 1–111, 

pl. 1. 

Lea, I. (1861) Descriptions of forty-nine new species of the genus Melania. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 

Philadelphia, 13, 117–123. 

Leach, W.E. (1814–17). The Zoological Miscellany; Being Descriptions of New, or Interesting Animals, .... Nodder & Son, 

London. [1, 144 pp., 60 pls. (1814); 2: 154 + 6 pp., pls. 61–120 (1815); 3: 151 pp., pls. 121–149 (1817)] 

[Lightfoot, J.] (1786) [Descriptions of species] In: A Catalogue of the Portland Museum, lately the property of the Dowager 

Duchess of Portland, deceased, which will be sold at auction, by Mr. Skinner & Co. London. viii + 194 pp. 

Link, H.F. (1807) Beschreibung der Naturalien-Sammlung der Universität zu Rostock. 2, 82–100; 3, 101–160; 4, 5–23. 

Linnaeus, C. (1758) Systema naturae per regna tria naturae. Editio decima, reformata. Vol. 1, Regnum animale. Stockholm. 

824 pp. 

Luerssen, C. (1874) Zur Flora von Queensland. Verzeichniss der von Frau Amalie Dietrich in den Jahren 1863 bis 1873 an der 



Nordostküste von Neuholland gesammelten Pflanzen, nebst allgemeinen Notizen dazu. I. Abtheilung. Journal des 

Museum Godeffroy, 3(6), 1–22. 

Lynge, H. (1909) The Danish expedition to Siam 1899–1900. IV. Marine Lamellibranchiata. Det Kongelige Dansk 

Videnskabernes Selskabs Medlemmer, Naturvidenskabelig og Mathematisk Afdeling, (7)5(3), 97–299, pls. 1–5. 

Marrat, F.P. (1871) [Monograph of] Oliva, Bruguière. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 4, 1–46. [pls. 1–25 issued 1870]. 

Martens, E. von (1870) Mollusca. Zoological Record, 4 (1869), 505–593. 



Martens, K.E. von (1878) Die Gattung Neritina. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, 2(10), 

145–208, pls. 15–19 [Theil 277]. 

Martens, K.E. von (1880) Mollusken. pp. 181–352, pls. 19–22, In: K. Möbius, (ed.), Beiträge zur Meeresfauna der Insel 

Mauritius und der Seychellen. Gutmann’schen Buchhandlung, Berlin. viii + 352 pp., 22 pls. 

Martini, F.H.W. (1769–77). Neues systematisches Conchylien Cabinet. G.N. Raspe, Nürnberg. Vols. 1–3 [1, [18] + xxviii + 408 

pp., pls. I–XXXI, 1769; 2, [6] + xvi + 362 pp., pls. XXXII–LXV; 3, [6] + vi + 434 pp., pls. LXV–CXXI, 1777; continued 

by J.H. Chemnitz, q.v.]. 

Martyn, T. (1784–89) The universal conchologist exhibiting the figure of every known shell accurately drawn and painted after 

nature with a new systematic arrangement. London. Frontispiece + [3] + 39 + [2] pp. + 80 pls. [see Opinion 456, I.C.Z.N., 

1957, Opinions and Declarations, 15: 393–418 and Opinion 479, I.C.Z.N., 1957, Opinions and Declarations, 16: 

365–416]. 

McDonald, G.R. (2009) Nudibranch Systematic Index. Second Online Edition. Institute of Marine Sciences, Univercity of 

California, Santa Cruz. 723 pp. [http://escholarship.org/uc/item/93c42364] 

Meuschen, F.C. (1787) Museum Geversianum. iv + 659 pp. P. & J. Holsteyn, Rotterdam. [non-binominal] 

Michaud, A.L.G. (1830) Descriptions de plusieurs nouvelles espèces de coquilles du genre Rissoa (Fréminville). Annals de la 

Société Linnéenne de Lyon, 1, 1–20, 1 pl. 

Migels, J.W. (1845) Descriptions of shells from the Sandwich Islands and other localities. Proceedings of the Boston Society of 

Natural History, 2, 18–25. 

Milne Edwards, A. (1873) Description de quelques Crustacés noveaux ou peu connus provenant du Musee de M. C. Godeffroy. 

Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 1(2), 253–264 [77–88], pls. 1, 2. 

Mohrenstern, S.v. (1860) Über die Familie der Rissoiden und inbesondere die Gattung Rissoina. Staatsdruckerei, Wien. 120 

pp., 11 pls. 

Molina, G. I. (1782) Saggio sulla storia naturale de Chili. Tommasco d’Aquino, Bologna. 367 pp. 

Mörch, O.A.L. (1850) Catalogus conchyliorum quae reliquit C. P. Kierulf, MD. DR. Hafniae, Trieri. [iii] + 33 p. + 2 pls. 

Mörch, O.A.L. (1852–53) Catalogus conchyliorum quae reliquit D. Alphonso D’Aguirra & Gadea,Comes de Yoldi. L. Klein, 

Copenhagen. [1, 170 + [2] pp., 1852; 2, 74 + [2], 1853]. 

Morelet, A. (1866) Coquilles nouvelles recueilles par le Dr. Fr. Welwitsch dans l’Afrique équatoriale, et particulièrement dans 

les provinces portugaises d’Angola er de Benguella Journal de Conchyliologie, 14(2), 153–163. (April) 

Mousson, A. (1865) Coquilles terrestres et fluviatiles de quelques îles de l’océan Pacifique, recueilles par M. le Dr. E. Graeffe. 

Journal de Conchyliologie, 13(2), 164–209. (April) 

Mousson, A. (1869) Faune malacologique terrestre et fluviatile des îles Samoa, publiée d’après les envois de M. le Dr. É. 

Graeffe. Troisième mémoire. Journal de Conchyliologie, 17(3), 323–390, pl. 14. (July) 

Mousson, A. (1870a) Faune malacologique terrestre et fluviatile des îles Viti, d’après les envois de M. le Dr. Édouard Graeffe. 

Quatrième mémoire. Journal de Conchyliologie, 18(1), 109–135, pl. 7. (January) 

Mousson, A. (1870b) Faune malacologique terrestre et fluviatile des îles Viti, d’après les envois de M. le Dr. Édouard Graeffe. 

Quatrième mémoire (suite). Journal de Conchyliologie, 18(2), 179–232, pl. 8. (April) 

Mousson, A. (1871) Faune malacologique terrestre et fluviatile des îles Tonga, d’après les envois de M. le docteur Éd. Graeffe. 

Article 5. Journal de Conchyliologie, 19(1), 1–33. (January) 

Mousson, A. (1873) Faune malacologique de quelques îles de l’océan Pacifique occidental. Journal de Conchyliologie, 21, 

101–116. 

Müller, O.F. (1773–74) Vermium terrestrium et fluviatilium, seu animalium infusoriorum, helminthicorum et testaceorum, non 

marinorum, succincta historia,.... Heineck & Faber, Havniae & Lipsiae. 2 vols. (1: [xxx] + 135 pp., 1773; 72 + [viii] pp., 

1774; 2: xxxvi + 214 + [10] pp., 1774] 

Murray, D. (1904) Museums, their history and their use. With a bibliography and list of Museums in the United Kingdom. 

Volume I. xv + 339 pp. James MacLehose and Sons, Glasgow. 

Museum Godeffroy (1881) Süd-See-Typen. Anthropologisches Album des Museum Godeffroy in Hamburg. L. Friederichsen & 

Co., Hamburg. 15 pp. (text by L. Friederichsen), 28 pls. 

Neave, S.A. (1939–40) Nomenclator Zoologicus. Zoological Society of London, London. 4 vols. (1, xiv + 957 pp, 1939a; 2, 

1025 pp, 1939b; 3, 1065 pp., 1940a; 4, 758 pp., 1940b.) 

Nevill, G. (1884) Hand list of mollusca in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Part II. Gastropoda. Prosobranchia-Neurobranchia 

(contd.). Indian Museum, Calcutta. x + 306 pp. 

Newcomb, W. 1853. Descriptions of new species of Achatinella from Sandwich Islands. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural 

Historyof New York, 6, 18–30. 


BIELER & PETIT

Ortea, J., Valdés, Á. & García-Gómez, J.C. (1996) Revisión de las especies atlánticas de la familia Chromodorididae 

(Mollusca: Nudibranchia) del grupo cromático azul. Avicennia suplemento 1: 1–165. 

Otuka, Y. (1936) [Notes on some shells from southern Taiwan (2)]. Venus, 6(4), 232–239. [in Japanese] 

Pace, S. (1902) Contributions to the study of the Columbellidae: No. I. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 5, 

36–154. 

Paetel, F. (1873) Catalog der Conchylien-Sammlung von Fr. Paetel. Gebrüder Paetel, Berlin. 173 pp. 

Paetel, F. (1883) Catalog der Conchylien-Sammlung. Gebrüder Paetel, Berlin. [2] + 271 pp. 

Paetel, F. (1889–90) Catalog der Conchylien-Sammlung. Vierte Neubearbeitung. II. Die Land-und Süsswasser-Gastropoden. 

Gebrüder Paetel, Berlin. xii + 505 pp. [1–160, 1889; 161–505, i–xii, 1890] 

Panning, A. (1955) Beiträge zur Geschichte des Zoologischen Staatsinstituts und Zoologischen Museums in Hamburg. 1. Die 

Gründung des Naturhistorischen Museums. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 53, 

1–23. 

Panning, A. (1956) Beiträge zur Geschichte des Zoologischen Staatsinstituts und Zoologischen Museums in Hamburg. 2. Teil. 

Der Aufbau der Archiv-Sammlung. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 54, 1–20. 


Die Vermehrung der Sammlung in Verbindung mit Hamburgs Handel und Kaufmannsreederei. Mitteilungen aus dem 

Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 55, 1–23. 


Die Förderung des Museums durch Hamburgs Linienreederei. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen 

Museum und Institut, 56, 1–30, pls. 1–3. 

Parkinson, R.H.R. (1907) Dreißig Jahre in der Südsee. Land und Leute, Sitten und Gebräuche im Bismarckarchipel und auf den 

deutschen Salomoinseln. Strecker & Schröder, Stuttgart. xxii + 876 pp. See also Specht (2010). 

Pease, W.H. (1860) Descriptions of new species of Mollusca from the Sandwich Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society 

of London, 1860, 141–148. 

Pease, W.H. (1861a) Descriptions of seventeen new species of marine shells, from the Sandwich Islands, in the collection of 

Hugh Cuming. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1860, 397–400. 

Pease, W.H. (1861b) Descriptions of new species of Mollusca from the Pacific Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society 

of London, 1861, 242–247. 

Pease, W.H. (1863a) Descriptions of new species of marine shells from the Pacific Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological 

Society of London, 1862, 240–243. 

Pease, W.H. (1863b) Descriptions of new species of shells from the Pacific Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of 

London, 1862, 243–245. 

Pease, W.H. (1865a) Descriptions of new species of land shells from the Islands of the Central Pacific. Proceedings of the 

Zoological Society of London, 1864, 668–676. 

Pease, W.H. (1865b) Descriptions of new species of Phaneropneumona, inhabiting Polynesia. American Journal of 

Conchology, 1(4), 287–291. 

Pease, W.H. (1866) Descriptions of new species of Partula, inhabiting the Tahitian Archipelago. American Journal of 

Conchology, 2(3), 193–203. 

Pease, W.H. (1868a) Descriptions of marine gasteropodae, inhabiting Polynesia. American Journal of Conchology, 3(3), 

211–222. 

Pease, W. H. (1868b) Descriptions of new species of land shells, inhabiting Polynesia. American Journal of Conchology, 3(3), 

223–239. 

Pease, W.H. (1868c) Descriptions of sixty-five new species of marine gastropodae, inhabiting Polynesia. American Journal of 

Conchology, 3(4), 271–297. 

Pease, W.H. (1868d) Descriptions of marine gasteropodae, inhabiting Polynesia. American Journal of Conchology, 4(3), 

91–102. 

Pease, W.H. (1868e) Description of a new genus and eleven species of land shells, inhabiting Polynesia. American Journal of 

Conchology, 4(3), 153–158. 

Pease, W.H. (1870) Remarques sur cartaines espèces de coquilles terrestres, habitant le Polynésie, et description d’espèces 

nouvelles. Journal de Conchyliologie, 18(4), 393–403. 

Pease, W.H. (1872) Catalogue of the land-shells inhabiting Polynesia, with remarks on their synonymy, distribution and 

variation, and descriptions of new genera and species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1871, 449–477. 

Penny, H.G. (2002) Objects of Culture: Ethnology and Ethnographic Museums in Imperial Germany. Chapel Hill/London: 

University of North Carolina Press. xii + 281 pp. 

Petit de la Saussaye, S. (1853) Notice sur le genre Modulus, avec la liste des espèces appartenant à ce genre. Journal de 

Concyliologie, 4(2), 132–137, pl. 5. 

Pfeiffer, L. (1846a) Descriptions of thirty new species of Helicea, belonging to the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings 

of the Zoological Society of London, 14, 28–34. (May 1846) 

Pfeiffer, L. (1846b) Descriptions of twenty new species of Helicea, belonging to the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings 

of the Zoological Society of London, 14, 37–41. (July 1846) 

Pfeiffer, L. (1849) Methodische Anordnung aller bekannten Helicinaceen. Zeitschrift für Malakozoologie, 1848, 81–89. 



(January 1849) 

Pfeiffer, L. (1850) Descriptions of twenty-four new species of Helicea, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of 

the Zoological Society of London, 17, 126–131. (pre-June, 1850) 

Pfeiffer, L. (1854) Descriptions of eighteen new species of land shells from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of 

the Zoological Society of London, 20, 83–87 (May 1854) 

Pfeiffer, L. (1855) Descriptions of six new species of Auriculacea, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the 

Zoological Society of London, 22, 121–122. (7 April 1855) 

Pfeiffer, L. (1857) Descriptions of fifty-eight new species of Helicea from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the 

Zoological Society of London, 24, 324–336. (10 March 1857) 

Pfeiffer, L. (1864) Descriptions of ten new species of land-shells, from the collection of George French Angas. Proceedings of 

the Zoological Society of London, 1863, 526–529. (April 1864) 

Pfeiffer, L. (1875) Museum Godeffroy. Catalog V [review]. Malakozoologische Blätter, 22, 207–208. 

Philippi, R.A. (1851) Centuria quinta Testaceorum novorum. (contin.). Zeitschrift für Malakozoologie, 8(6), 81–96. 

Philippi, R.A. (1842–50) Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig gekannter Conchylien. Theodor Fischer, Cassel. 

3 vols., 24 parts, illus. [For collation see Woodward 1903–15, page 1565.] 

Pilsbry, H.A. (1889) Trochidae [in part]. Manual of Conchology, ser. 1, 10(40), 209–323, pls. 39a, 46–69. [plate 40 was in part 

issued in 1888, without captions] 

Pilsbry, H.A. (1890) Helicidae [in part]. Manual of Conchology, ser. 2, 6(23), 129–192,pls. 31–47. 

Pilsbry, H.A. (1891a) Note on the soft parts and dentition of Stomatella. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 

Philadelphia, 43 : 71–72. 

Pilsbry, H.A. (1891b) Note on Fissurella picta Gmel. The Nautilus, 7(7), 82–83. 

Pilsbry, H.A. (1900) Bulimulidae [in part]. Manual of Conchology, ser. 2, 13(50), 65–112, pls. 16–34. 

Pilsbry, H.A. (1904) New Japanese marine Mollusca: Gastropoda. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 

Philadelphia, 56, 3–37, pls. 1–6. 

Pilsbry, H.A. (1918) Marine mollusks of Hawaii, IV–VII. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 69, 

309–333, pls. 20–22. (1 February) 

Pilsbry, H.A. (1934) Notes on the gastropod genus Liotia and its allies. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 

Philadelphia, 8, 375–381. 

Pöhl, C.A. (1884) Museum Godeffroy Catalog IX. L. Friederichsen & Co., Hamburg. 48 pp. [May] 

Ponder, W.F. (1985) A review of the genera of the Rissoidae (Mollusca: Mesogastropoda: Rissoacea). Records of the Australian 

Museum, Suppl. 4, 1–221. (Running title imprined with date 1984 but cover is imprinted 12 February 1985). 

Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. (1832–35) Voyage de decouvertes de l’Astrolabe execute par ordre du Roi, pendant les annees 

1826–1827–1828–1829, sous le commandement de M.J. Dumont d’Urville. Zoologie. J. Tastu, Paris. 2(2), 321–674, pls. 

25–45bis. 

Récluz, C.A. (1841) Description de quelques nouvelles espèces de nérites vivantes. Revue Zoologique, par la Société 

Cuvierienne, 4(4), 102–109. 

Récluz, C.A. (1842) Description de neuf espèces de nérites nouvelles, suivie d’observations sue les Nerita cornea et dubia. 

Revue Zoologique, par la Société Cuvierienne, 5(3), 73–79. 

Récluz, C.A. (1844) Descriptions of new species of the genus Narica, discovered by Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the 

Zoological Society of London, 1843, 136–141. (March, 1844) 

Récluz, C.A. (1850) Notice sur les genre Nérita et sur le S.-G. Neritina, avec le catalogue synonymique des Néritines. Journal 

de Conchyliologie, 1(2), 131–164. 

Reeve, L.A. (1844–45) Monograph of the genus Mitra. Conchologia Iconica, 2, [unpaginated text], 39 pls. 

Reeve, L.A. (1846) Monograph of the genus Haliotis. Conchologia Iconica, 3, [unpaginated text], 17 pls. 

Reeve, L.A. (1850) Monograph of the genus Achatinella. Conchologia Iconica, 6, [unpaginated text], 6 pls. 

Reeve, L.A. (1856) Monographs of the genera Navicella & Latia. Conchologia Iconica, 9, [unpaginated text], 8 pls. 

Rehder, H.A. (1967) Valid zoological names of the Portland Catalog. Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 

121(3579), 1–51. 

Rehder, H.A. (1980) The marine mollusks of Easter Island (Isla de Pascua) and Sala y Gómez. Smithsonian Contributions to 

Zoology, 289, i–iv, 1–167. 

Risso, A. (1826) Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l’Europe méridionale et particulièrement de celles des 

environs de Nice et des Alpes Maritimes. F.G. Levrault, Paris. Vol. 4, vii + 439 pp., 12 pls. 

Röding, P.F. (1798) Museum Boltenianum sive catalogus cimeliorum e tribus regnis naturae quae olim collegerat Joa. Fried 

Bolten, M.D.p.d. Pars Secunda continens conchylia sive testacea univalvia, bivalvia & multivalvia. J.C. Trapp, Hamburg. 

viii + 199 pp. [Reprinted 1906 by Sherborn, C.D. & Sykes, E.R.; 1986 by American Malacological Union, Inc.] 

Römer, E. (1857) Kritische Untersuchung der Arten des Molluskengeschlechts Venus bei Linné und Gmelin mit 

Berücksichtigung der später beschriebenen Arten. Luckhardt, Cassel. xiii + 135 + 1 pp. 

Rosewater, J. (1965) The family Tridacnidae in the Indo-Pacific. Indo-Pacific Mollusca, 1(6), 347–396. 

Rudman, W.B. (2005) Discodoris schmeltziana Bergh, 1880. [In] Sea Slug Forum. Australian Museum, Sydney. Available 

from http://www.seaslugforum.net/find/discschm 

Rudman, W.B. (1982) The Chromodorididae (Opisthobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: Chromodoris quadricolor, 


BIELER & PETIT

C. lineolata and Hypselodoris nigrolineata colour groups. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 76(3), 183–241. 

Rudman, W.B. (1983) The Chromodorididae (Opisthobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: Chromodoris splendida, C. 

aspersa and Hypselodoris placida colour groups. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 78(2), 105–173. 

Rudman, W.B. (1984) The Chromodorididae (Opisthobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: a review of the genera. 

Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 81 (2/3), 115–273. 

Rudman, W.B. (1985) The Chromodorididae (Opisthobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: further species from New 

Caledonia and the Noumea romeri colour group. Molluscan Research, 16, 1–43. 

Rudman, W.B. (1986a) The Chromodorididae (Ophistobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: the genus Glossodoris 

Ehrenbergh (= Casella, H. & A; Adams). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 86(2), 101–184. 

Rudman, W.B. (1986b) The Chromodorididae (Ophistobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: Noumea purpurea and 

Chromodoris decora colour groups. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 86(4), 309–353. 

Rudman, W.B. (1986c) The Chromodorididae (Ophistobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: Noumea flava colour 

group. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 88(4), 377–404. 

Rudman, W.B. (1987) The Chromodorididae (Opisthobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: Chromodoris epicuria, C. 

aureopurpurea, C. annulata, C. coi and Risbecia tryoni colour groups. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 90(4), 

305–407. 

Rudman, W.B. (1990) The Chromodorididae (Opisthobranchia: Mollusca) of the Indo-West Pacific: further species of 

Glossodoris, Thorunna and the Chromodoris aureomarginata colour group. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 

100(3), 263–326. 

Rudman, W.B. (2005) Discodoris schmeltziana Bergh, 1880. [In] Sea Slug Forum. Australian Museum, Sydney. Available 

from http://www.seaslugforum.net/factsheet/discschm. 

Rüppell, E. & Leuckart, F. S. (1828–30) Neue wirbellose Thiere des rothen Meers, in E. Rüppell (ed.) Atlas zu der Reise im 

nördlichen Afrika. Erste Abtheilung, Zoologie. H. L. Brönner, Frankfurt am Main, 47 pls., 12 pls. 

Sadchidhanandam, U., Willan R.C. & Chou, L.M. (2000) Checklist of the nudibranchs (Opisthobranchia: Nudibranchia) of the 

South China Sea. The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology, Suppl. 8, 513–537. 

Scheps, B. (2005) Das verkaufte Museum. Die Südsee-Unternehmungen des Handelshauses Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Sohn, 

Hamburg, und die Sammlungen “Museum Godeffroy“. Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Hamburg, 

(NF) 40, 1–307. 

Scheps, B. (2010) Hamburger Museum Godeffroy: Seine Bedeutung und das Schicksal der Sammlung nach dem Niedergang 

des Handelshauses. Deutsch Pazifische Gesellschaft/German Pacific Society, Bulletin G-220, 10–18. 

Schmack, K. (1938) C. Godeffroy & Sohn—Kaufleute zu Hamburg. Leistung und Schicksal eines Welthandelshauses. Broschek 

& Co., Hamburg. 311 pp., 32 pl. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1864) Catalog I der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den naturhistorischen Expeditionen der Herren 

Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Sohn in Hamburg. Hamburg. 32 pp. [June] 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1865) Catalog II der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den naturhistorischen Expeditionen der Herren 

Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Sohn in Hamburg. Mit Bemerkungen über die Lebensweise einzelner darin enthaltener Objecte. 

Hamburg. [i] + iv + 33 pp. [March] 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1866a) Catalog III der zum Verkauf stehenden Doubletten aus den naturhistorischen Expeditionen der 

Herren Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Sohn in Hamburg. Hamburg. [ii] + xii + 52 pp. (October) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1866b) Neuholländische Pflanzen, gesammelt von Frau Amalie Dietrich am Brisbane River, Col. 

Queensland, im Auftrage der Herren Joh. Ces. Godeffroy & Sohn in Hamburg. Ausgabe I. Hamburg. (October). Cited 

from Scheps (2005: 94; photograph of title page). 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1867) Neuholländische Pflanzen, gesammelt von Frau Amalie Dietrich… [announcement of publication and 

availability of specimens for purchase]. Botanische Zeitung, 25(4), 31. (25 January) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E (1869) Museum Godeffroy Catalog IV, nebst einer Beilage, enthaltend: topographische Notizen; Beschreibung 

neuer Bryozoen von Senator Dr. Kirchenpauer zu Hamburg und einer neuen Asteriden-Gattung von Dr. Chr. Lütken zu 

Kopenhagen. Wilhelm Mauke Söhne, Hamburg. xliii + 139 + [2] pp. (May) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E (1874) Museum Godeffroy Catalog V. Nebst einer Beilage enthaltend topographische und zoologische Notizen. 

L. Friederichsen & Co., Hamburg. xxxviii + 215 pp. (February) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1875a) Kleine Mittheilungen aus dem Museum Godeffroy. II. Neuere Nachrichten von J. Kubary. Journal 

des Museum Godeffroy, 3(8), 268–269 [136–137]. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1875b) Kleine Mittheilungen aus dem Museum Godeffroy. III. Sendungen von E. Dämel. Journal des 


Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1875c) Kleine Mittheilungen aus dem Museum Godeffroy. V. Nachrichten von A. Garrett. Journal des 


Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1875d) Kleine Mittheilungen aus dem Museum Godeffroy. VI. Neue Expedition nach dem Stillen Ocean. 

Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 3(8), 271 [139]. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1875e) Pteropoden oder Ruderfüsser (Flügelfüsser) und Heteropoden oder Kielfüsser der Sammlung 

Godeffroy. Verhandlungen des Verein für Naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung zu Hamburg, 1871–1874, 47–49 [based on 

a lecture given on 1 August 1873]. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1876) Verzeichniss der im Museum Godeffroy vorhandenen ethnographischen Gegenstände. 1. September 



1876. L. Friederichsen & Co., Hamburg. 35 pp. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E (1877) Museum Godeffroy Catalog VI. Nachträge zu Catalog V. L. Friederichsen & Co., Hamburg. vii+ 108 

pp. (March) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E (1879) Museum Godeffroy Catalog VII. Wirbelthiere (Animalia vertebrata) und Nachträge zu Catalog V & VI 

aus den übrigen Thierklassen. L. Friederichsen & Co., Hamburg. viii + 99 pp. (May) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1880) [list of duplicates for sale; vertebrates]. Zoologischer Anzeiger, Inseraten-Beilage 53 (to volume 3), 1 

p. (19 April) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1881a) [duplicates for sale; vertebrates, arthropods]. Zoologischer Anzeiger, Inseraten-Beilage 73 (to volume 

4), p. 2. (10 January) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1881b) Notiz [announcement of Kleinschmidt’s return with collections from New Britain in the Bismarck 

Archipelago]. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 4, 72 [7 February]. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1881c) Ceratodus forsteri [duplicates for sale; vertebrates]. Zoologischer Anzeiger, Inseraten-Beilage 75 (to 

volume 4), p. 2. (7 February) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1881d) [duplicates for sale; vertebrates, arthropods]. Zoologischer Anzeiger, Inseraten-Beilage 89 (to volume 

4), 1 p. (1 August) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E (1881e) Museum Godeffroy, Hamburg. Catalog VIII. Issued as Inseraten-Beilage (= advertising supplement) 

91 to Zoologischer Anzeiger, 4. 18 pp. [here inferred as having been published between 1 August (date of Beilage 89) and 

26 September (date of Beilage 93)] 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1881f) Museum Godeffroy, Hamburg [duplicates for sale; vertebrates]. Zoologischer Anzeiger, Inseraten- 

Beilage 98 (to volume 4), p. 2. (28 November) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1881g) Museum Godeffroy, Hamburg [duplicates for sale; vertebrates]. Zoologischer Anzeiger, Inseraten- 

Beilage 100 (to volume 4), 1 p. (27 December) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1882a) Museum Godeffroy, Hamburg [duplicates for sale; vertebrates, tunicates]. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 

Inseraten-Beilage 116 (to volume 5), p. 2. (24 July) 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1882b) Über einige religiöse Gebräuche der Melanesier. III. Mittheilung aus dem Museum Godeffroy in 

Hamburg. Globus. Illustrirte Zeitschrift für Länder- und Völkerkunde mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Anthropologie 

und Ethnologie, 41(3), 39–41. A modified article of the entire article republished in Kranz (2005). 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1882c) Führer durch das Museum Godeffroy. Friederichsen & Co., Hamburg. 61 pp. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1888) † Andrew Garrett [obituary]. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, 1, 120. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1891) Explorations et explorateurs, nominations, necrologie.—Reisen und Reisende, Ernenneungen, 

Necrologe. XVI [Amalie Dietrich, obituary]. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, 4, 176. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1894) Schnecken und Muscheln im Leben der Völker Indonesiens und Oceaniens. Ein Beitrag zur 

Ethnoconchologie. E.J. Brill, Leiden. 43 pp. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. (1897) † Johann Stanislaus Kubary [obituary]. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, 10, 132–136. 

Schmeltz, J.D.E. & Krause, R. (1881) Die Ethnographisch-Anthropologische Abtheilung des Museum Godeffroy in Hamburg. 

Ein Beitrag zur Kunde der Südsee-Völker. Friederichsen, Hamburg. xliii + 687 pp. + 6 pp. advertisements, 46 pls. 

Schubert, G.H. & Wagner, J.A. (1829). Neues Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet angefangen von Martini und Chemnitz, 12, 

xii + 196, pls. 214–237. [not seen] 

Schumacher, C.F. (1817) Essai d'un nouveau système des habitations des vers testacés. Schultz, Copenhagen. [4] + 287 pp., 22 

pls. 

Schweigger, A.F. (1820) Handbuch der Naturgeschichte der skelettlosen ungegliederten Thiere. Leipzig. [not seen] 

Semper, C.G. (1880–82) Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Band 3. Landmollusken. C. W. Kreidel, Wiesbaden. Heft 5, 

225–264, pls. 19–20, 22–23 (1880); Heft 6, 265–290, pl. 21 (1882). 

Semper, C.G. (1867–1916) Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Zweiter Theil. Wissenschaftliche Resultate. Vols. 1–10. Leipzig 

[vol. 1 only] and Wiesbaden. See Johnson (1969) for a compilation. See Bergh (1870–1878) for parts cited herein. 

Semper, G. (1873) Migrations of Danais Archippus. The Annals and Magazine of Natural, History, including Zoology, Botany, 

and Geology, (4)12(71), 425. [November] 

Semper, O. (1865) Addition au catalogue des Diplommatinaces. Journal de Conchyliologie, 13(3), 294–296. 

Shuttleworth, R.J. (1852) Diagnosen neuer Mollusken. Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern, 54(260/261), 

289–304. 

Smith, H.H. (1901) An annotated catalogue of shells of the genus Partula in the Hartman collection belonging in the Carnegie 

Museum. Annals of the Carnegie Museum, 1, 422–485 

Souverbie, [S-M.] & Montrouzier, [X.] (1863) Descriptions d’espèces nouvelles de l’Archipel calédonien. Journal de 

Conchyliologie, 11, 276–287, pl. 12. 

Souverbie, [S-M.] & Montrouzier, [X.] (1864) Descriptions d’espèces nouvelles de l’Archipel calédonien. Journal de 

Conchyliologie, 12, 261–275, pl. 10. 

Sowerby, G.B., I (1830) [A monograph of] Ancillaria. Species Conchyliorum, 1, 6 pp. + 3 pls. 

Sowerby, G.B., I (1832) [Descriptions of new species of shells collected by Mr. Cuming on the western coast of South America 

and among the islands of the South Pacific Ocean.] Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the 

Zoological Society of London, Part II for 1832, 113–120. 

Sowerby, G.B., I (1833a) Conus [in part]. Conchological Illustrations, pt. 29 [1 p. names, 1 pl.] (17 May) 


BIELER & PETIT

Sowerby, G.B., I (1833b) [Characters of new species of shells from the collection formed by Mr. Cuming on the western coast 

of South America, and among the islands of the South Pacific Ocean.] Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 

1833, 16–22. (17 May) 

Sowerby, G.B., II (1842) Monograph of the genus Pecten. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 1(2), 45–78, pls. 12–20. 

Sowerby, G.B., II (1844) Monograph of the genus Scalaria. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 1(4), 83 bis –108 bis , pls. 32–35. 

Sowerby, G.B., II (1857) Monograph of the genus Conus [in part]. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 3(17), 1–24, pls. 187–195. 

Sowerby, G.B., II (1874) Monograph of the genus Mitra. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 4(31–32), 1–46, pls. 352–379. 

Specht, J. (2010) 'The German Professor': Richard Parkinson. pp. xv–xxxii In: Parkinson, P., Thirty Years in the South Seas: 

Land and People, Customs and Traditions in the Bismarck Archipelago and on the German Solomon Islands. Annotated 

translated edition by J. Dennison and J. P. White. Sydney University Press. 

Spoehr, F.M. (1963) White Falcon: The House of Godeffroy and its Commercial and Scientific Role in the Pacific. Pacific 

Books, Palo Alto, California. xiv + 120 pp. 

Starr, F. (1892) Anthropological work in Europe. The Popular Science Monthly, 41, 54–72. 

Sumner, R. (1993) A Woman in the Wilderness: The Story of Amalie Dietrich in Australia. New South Wales University Press, 

Kensington. 148 pp. 

Sutor, A. (1877) Der Prioritäts-Fanatismus. Jahrbücher der Deutschen Malakologischen Gesellschaft, 4(2), 130–136. 

Tenison-Woods, J.E. (1876) On the freshwater shells of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings and Report of the Royal Society of 

Tasmania,1875, 66–82. 

Tetens, A. & Steinberg, S. (1889) Vom Schiffsjungen zum Wasserschout. Erinnerungen aus dem Leben des Capitäns Alfred 

Tetens, gegenwärtig Wasserschout und Vorstand des Seemannsamtes der Freien und Hansestadt Hamburg. Zweite 

Auflage. G. W. Niemayer Nachfolger, Hamburg. x + 302. 

Thiel, R, Eidus I. & Neumann, R. (2009) The Zoological Museum Hamburg (ZMH) fish collection as a global biodiversity 

archive for elasmobranchs and actinopetrygians as well as other fish data. Journal of Applied Ichthyology, Suppl. 1, 9–32. 

Thiele, J. (1927) Über die Schneckenfamilie Assimineidae. Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und 

Geographie der Tiere, 53, 113–146, pl. 1. 

Thomas, W.S. (1979) A biography of Andrew Garrett, early naturalist in Polynesia: Part 1. The Nautilus, 93(1), 15–28. 

Timm, R. (1907) Johannes Dietrich Eduard Schmeltz [on the occasion of his 25 th anniversary at the ethnographic museum in 

Leiden]. Verhandlungen des Verein für Naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung zu Hamburg, 1905–1907, 3–4. 

Tomlin, J.R. le B. (1917) A systematic list of the Marginellidae. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 12(5), 

242–266; 12(6), 267–306. 

Tomlin, J.R. le B. (1918) Descriptions of three new species of Marginella from South Africa, with a note on M. sutoris Dunker. 

Journal of Conchology, 15(10), 306–307, pl. 10. 

Tomlin, J.R. le B. & Shackleford, L.J. (1914) The marine Mollusca of São Thomé, I. Journal of Conchology, 14(8), 239–256. 

Tomlin, J.R. le B. & Winckworth, R. (1936) An index to the species of Mollusca in the Beschreibung of H. F. Link. 

Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 22(1), 27–48. 

Trew, A. (1990) John R. le B. Tomlin’s new molluscan names. National Museum of Wales, Cardiff, 101 pp. 

Tryon, G.W. (1880) Muricinae, Purpurinae. Manual of Conchology, ser. 1, Vol. 2. Privately printed. Philadelphia. 289 p., 70 pls. 

Tryon, G.W. (1883) Manual of Conchology, ser. 1, Vol. 5. Privately printed. Philadelphia. 276 p., 63 pls. 

Tryon, G.W. (1887) Manual of Conchology, ser. 1, Vol. 9. Privately printed. Philadelphia. 488 p., 71 pls. 

Tryon, G.W. (1888) Neritidae, Adeorbidae, Cyclostrematidae, Liotiidae. Manual of Conchology, ser. 1, Vol. 10, 1–160, pls. 

1–39. 

Tryon, G.W. (1890) Helicidae, Vol. IV. Manual of Conchology, ser. 2, Vol. 6, 324 pp., 69 pls. 

Valdés, A. & Gosliner, T.M. (1999) Reassessment of the systematic position of the systematic status of Miamira Bergh 1875 

and Orodoris Bergh, 1875 (Nudibranchia: Chromodorididae) in light of phylogenetic analysis. Journal of Molluscan 

Studies, 65(1), 33–45. 

Valdés, Á. (2002) A phylogenetic analysis and systematic revision of the cryptobranch dorids (Mollusca, Nudibranchia, 

Anthobranchia). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 136(4), 535–636. 

Voigt, A. (1901) Die botanischen Institute. Pp. 150–204 in: Hamburg in naturwissenschaftlicher und medizinischer Beziehung. 

[Published on the occasion of the] 73. Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und Ärzte. Hamburg, Leopold Voss. 

Vokes, E.H. (1971) Catalog of the genus Murex Linné (Mollusca: Gastropoda); Muricinae, Ocenebrininae. Bulletins of 

American Paleontology, 61(168), 1–141. 

Ward, H.A. (1876) Museum Godeffroy. Popular Science Monthly, 8, 699–702. 

Warén, A. (1981) Revision of the genera Apicalia A, Adams ans Stilapex Iredale and description of two new genera (Mollusca, 

Prosobranchia, Eulimidae). Zoologica Scripta, 10, 133–154. 

Weidner, H. (1969) 125 Jahre Naturhistorisches Museum zu Hamburg. Abhandlungen und Verhandlungen des 

Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Hamburg, (NF) 13, 5–30. 

Weidner, H. (1993) Bilder aus der Geschichte des Zoologischen Museums der Universität Hamburg. Die Zoologischen 

Sammlungen im Naturhistorischen Museums zu Hamburg während seiner Kollegialverfassung 1843 bis 1882. 

Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 90 (Suppl.), 1–380. 

Weinkauff, H.C. (1855–85) Die Gattungen Rissoina und Rissoa. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und 

Chemnitz, 1(22), pls. 1–4 (1855); pls. 5–6 (1857); 1–16 (1877); 17–40, pls. 7–12 (1880); 41–80, pls. 13–15, 15a–c (1881); 



pls. 16–17 (1882); 81–128, pls. 15d, 18–22 (1884); 129–206, pls. 23–25 (1885). 

Welter-Schultes, F.W. (1999) Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz (1837-1920), bibliography of the 

volumes in Göttingen. Archives of Natural History, 26(2), 157–203. 

Wenz, W. (1938–44) Gastropoda, Teil I: Allgemeiner Teil und Prosobranchia. In: Schindewolf, O.H. (Ed.), Handbuch der 

Paläozoologie. Gebrüder Borntraeger, Berlin. 6(1), i–viii, 1–240 (1938); (2), 241–280 (1938); (3), 481–720 (1939); (4), 

721–960 (1940); (5), 961–1200 (1941); (6), 1201–1506 (1943); (7), 1507–1639, i–xii (1944). 

Werner, B. von (1889) Ein deutsches Kriegsschiff in der Südsee. Zweite Auflage. F. A. Brockhaus, Leipzig. xx + 592 pp., 

Winckworth, R. (1946) On Bergh’s Malacologische Untersuchungen. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 

27(1), 20–22. 

Wood, W. (1828) Supplement to the Index Testaceologicus; or a catalogue of shells, British and Foreign. [Wood], London. iv + 

[1] + 59 pp., 8 pls. 

[Woodward, H.] (1889) Obituary—Robert Damon, F.G.S. The Geological Magazine, (NS) Decade III, Vol. VI, 336. 

About the authors 

Rüdiger Bieler is Curator of Invertebrates at the Field Museum of Natural History (Chicago), a faculty member of 

University of Chicago’s Committee on Evolutionary Biology, and an adjunct scientist with Mote Marine 

Laboratory’s Center for Coral Reef Research in Florida. Born and trained in Hamburg, Germany, he has held 

academic research positions at the Delaware Museum of Natural History (Wilmington) and at the Field Museum, 

and served as a scientific administrator in both institutions. He had research associate appointments with the 

American Museum of Natural History (New York), the Museum of Comparative Zoology (Harvard University, 

Cambridge), and the National Museum of Natural History (Washington, DC), is past-president of Unitas 

Malacologica (International Society of Malacology) and of the American Malacological Society, and serves as 

editor for several scientific journals. Maintaining active field programs in the Caribbean and the Indo-Pacific, he 

focuses on the phylogenetic systematics of marine gastropods and bivalves, and has a long-standing interest in the 

management and history of collections-holding institutions. 

Richard E. Petit has been an active amateur malacologist and paleontologist for many years. His particular interests 

are in the gastropod superfamily Cancellarioidea and the molluscan literature. In connection with this hobby he has 

visited most major American museums, The Natural History Museum (London), the Royal Scottish Museum 

(Edinburgh), Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle (Paris), Naturhistorisches Museum (Basel), National Science 

Museum (Tokyo & Ibaraki), and others. He is a Past-President of the American Malacological Society, Inc., and 

was made an Honorary Life Member in 1997. He is a research associate of the Field Museum of Natural History 

(Chicago) and has served as a Trustee of the Paleontological Research Institution (Ithaca, New York) of which he is 

a Life Member. His publication record includes over 100 papers in various journals. 


BIELER & PETIT

Full article - Magnolia Press

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?